Home

Symbol Technologies SPT 1700 Scanner User Manual

1. 14 20 Idle TIMOR sas us set PRESE RUE Me YOdeh PG GE Ead RE REPREHEN EE 14 21 Defining Primary and Secondary DNS 14 22 IP Addiess iiis mad X RE RESQUE CRAT En L VR EY dor Rd ac RC Ade S 14 23 Creating a LOGIN SOHDE iueadutes iaie s deu Led doce EQUI RE d dd ia Rr be dd bd 14 24 Deleting a Service Template uisa e dam ri hice ana AA CERTA GREC CRGO RR A 14 26 Network Preferences Menu Commands 4 2 02c se00ss en ties cane RR RU E RUE RR ky 14 27 SUM cia IRA SO Ret NARA EN E e AAA 14 27 Coons MONU sii ras o pi la gor pb Ed d qudd add ea 14 27 DEP TRE Cet Sr ora o a ds ada 14 28 Owner PESOS porra AREA 14 28 RONDS PO IS NES Lessard none ria 14 29 Cheating d ODORE d vest esq dede pl ow S ES PA semi ere p nis 14 29 Edito SOEUR ass nes OO TOT re TIER 14 31 Pelling a SMOD d peed adeeb EE EGRE RR be KP PERPE QR RS ERE ended es 14 31 Chapter 15 Applications Security popu Pep Pcr 15 3 Aesigning PASSION v duo araoiob rad dox dioe e Re do edd bed dd dde d deb eduardo qa 15 3 Pied POS ERES aue sun saca iode ots Een Ro CR Rod eae o qe qp SE Rp AURA RO RR dedos 15 4 Showing Privale EMES roses ore Ride RHEE PROP RESP WERT Per t PE RICE eq Y 15 4 Misma Pete ENIBOS gcc daa e Sa Ep Red Y midi oed pi e qiiem e RR RS ba d d Ses 15 5 Locking Your SPT 1700 Terminal is cies prisionera irradia ROS 15 6 Charging or Deleting d Passwort uu espe nets ER haie Rb EO eR RR REOR e dec a
2. 1 19 Setting the Time 1 18 SPT 1700 Terminal uicsenrmm me 4 1 SPT 1700 terminal Getting Help with 20 1 T Pira 14 13 Time alarm Seling e morra 7 8 setting event 6 ce sias ez 7 4 To Do List menu commands 16 10 EL o LT 12 26 U Unimed Events css zaeEk p RE RA 7 4 User Profile MSIE siad Rica ka inei E eee 9 6 Using Expense Templates and Custom Expense Reports A 1 Using Mobile Link on your terminal 11418 W Wireless HotSync Operations 9 18 Working in Agenda View 7 16 Working in Month View 7 15 Working in Week View 7 13 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal 3 1 Tell Us What You Think We d like to know what you think about this Manual Please take a moment to fill out this questionnaire and fax this form to 631 738 3318 or mail to Symbol Technologies Inc One Symbol Plaza M S B 4 Holtsville NY 11742 1300 Attention Technical Publications Manager IMPORTANT If you need product support please call the appropriate customer support number provided Unfortunately we cannot provide customer support at the fax number above User s Manual Title please include revision level How familiar were you with this product before using this manual O Very familiar Slightly familiar Not at all familiar Did this manual meet your needs If not please explain What
3. Getting Started with the SPT 1700 Back View Battery Compartment Lithium lon Battery Battery Latch Battery Latch Battery ES Handstrap Connector Top View Bottom View Scanner Exit Window Serial Port 1 5 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Getting Started with the SPT 1700 Before you can use your SPT 1700 perform the basic set up procedures covered on the following pages Specifically e Set up the cradle optional Install and charge the battery e Start the SPT 1700 e Initiate a Spectrum24 network SPT 174x only or wide area network WAN connection SPT 173X only Setting Up the Cradle There are optional cable and cradle solutions that enable you to charge the terminal s battery and synchronize information on your SPT 1700 terminal with host system applications There are several cable and cradle options available for the SPT 1700 Synchronization Charging Cable e CRD1700 1000S Single slot Serial Cradle e CRD1700 40008 Four slot Serial Cradle CRD1700 1000M Single slot Modem Cradle e CRD1700 4000E Four slot Ethernet Cradle This section describes the procedures for connecting each of these cradles to the host PC Using the Synchronization Charging Cable To charge the terminal s battery using the Synchronization Charging Cable 1 Make sure the battery is installed in the terminal Refer to nstalling the Battery on page 1 13
4. 9 9 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 Select one of the following options Always available Adds HotSync Manager to the Startup folder and constantly monitors the communication port for SPT 1700 terminal synchronization requests With this option the HotSync Manager conducts synchronizations even when the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop is not running Available only Starts HotSync Manager and monitors requests automatically when the Symbol when you open the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software Palm Terminal Desktop is running Manual Starts the HotSync Manager and monitors requests only when you select HotSync Manager from the Start menu Tip If you re not sure which option to use use the Always available default setting 3 Click the Local tab to display the settings for the connection between your computer and the SPT 1700 cradle or synchronization cable and adjust the options as needed General Local Modem Network Serial Port ely Speed As FastAs Possible Cancel Help Serial Port Identifies the port Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop will use to communicate with the cradle or the synchronization charging cable This selection should match the port number where you connected the cradle or synchronization charging cable Note Your SPT 1700 terminal cannot share this port with an internal modem or other device If you have trouble determining the correct serial po
5. Record Menu when viewing Memo List Record Menu when viewing the Memo screen Beam Category Beams all memos in the current category to another terminal through the IR port New Memo Creates a new memo Delete Memo Opens an alert screen prompting you to confirm that you want to delete the current memo Tap the OK button to delete the memo from your SPT 1700 terminal or tap the Cancel button to close the alert screen and keep the memo Note By default your SPT 1700 terminal removes the memo from the Memo List but retains a copy of the memo and transfers it to an archive file on your computer the next time you perform a HotSync operation To remove the memo completely clear the Save archive copy on PC check box Beam Memo Beams the current memo to another SPT 1700 terminal through the IR port 13 8 Options Menu Applications Memo Pad When you select the Options menu its commands display on screen Options Menu when viewing Memo List Font Preferences Security Phone Lookup About Memo Pad HIT Font Preferences PR Security About Meme Pad Record Edit JAI oF Font F Phone Lookup L 4 H About Memo Pad Options menu when viewing the Memo Screen Opens the Select Font screen where you can choose a different font text style for your Memo Pad entries Refer to Choosing Fonts on page 3 23 for details Activates the Memo Preferences screen and enables you to define the s
6. 12 11 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Z Setting a Priority To set a priority for your message 1 Tapthe Details button in the New Message screen to open the Message Details Screen New Message Message Details Lu Priority w Normal BCC O Signature O Confirm Read O Confirm Delivery 2 Tapthe Priority pick list and select the priority you want Message Details Message Details Li Priority Priority Lin Signature Signature 77 Confirm Read Confirm Read O Confirm Delivery Confirm Delivery Tap to select priority 3 Tap the OK button to confirm your selection and return to the New Message screen Note Your SPT 1700 terminal can flag messages with a specific priority only if your desktop e mail application supports this feature Sending a Blind Carbon Copy To add a BCC field to your message 1 Tap the Message Details button and select the BCC check box in the Message Details screen This will add the BCC field to the New Message screen 12 12 Applications Mail 2 Tapthe OK button to confirm your selection and return to the New Message screen New Message j BCC field 3 Tap the BCC field and enter the address Adding a Signature to Your Message By defining information as a signature you can automatically attach it to the close of e mail items and avoid recreating the information for each e mail item A signature
7. A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 2 Tap the Dial button and the Enter Number screen displays Enter number 3 Tapthe Phone Book button to select a number from the SPT 1734 terminal s phone book or enter the number and tap the Dial button Note 7he Phone Book only displays items with a last name and a main number for the Data Call screen Information The information screen allows you to browse and switch to other networks and also provides diagnostic information about your modem type and driver version To view the Information screen 1 Select Information from the main pick list The Information screen displays EE Information Networks Switch to Diagnostic information Ubinetics Modern Driver Version 1 2 4 Manufacturer Ubinetics Ltd Model Sbc200 Revision revision Serial no 02 GDc200 0100762 Applications GsmDemo 2 Tapthe Browse button to browse available networks The following warning displays Warning This operation moy take up to a minute to complete Do you wish to proceed Note f your modem is not registered you will not be able to browse available networks 3 Tap the Yes button to browse The following screen displays while the terminal searches for available networks GsmDemo Getting network list 4 The list of available networks displays rm Information Networks UK VODAFONE current ORANGE forbidden UK CEL
8. Look Up Chr Mew Note The letter displays on the Look Up line and the list scrolls to the first entry that begins with that letter If you write another letter the list scrolls to the first entry that starts with those two letters For example writing an s might scroll to Sands and writing sm might scroll further to Smith If you sort the list by company name the Look Up feature scrolls to the first letter of the company name 3 Tapany entry to view its contents or use the carriage return stroke to view the selected entry Choosing Types of Phone Numbers Your SPT 1700 terminal enables you to choose the types of phone numbers or e mail addresses that you associate with an Address Book entry Any changes you make apply only to the current Address Book entry 5 7 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide To choose other types of phone numbers in an Address Book entry 1 Tapthe Address Book entry 2 Tapthe Edit button to display the Address Edit screen for that entry 8 Tapthe pick list next to the label you want to change Address Edit i Unfiled Address Edit Unfiled ast nare Sri irst name Title Company Tap triangle 4 Tapthe new label you want to use Assigning Address Categories Categories can help you file individual Address Book entries into groups for easy review You can assign and edit categories in the Address Book or by using the Cate
9. Note Before performing the procedures found in this chapter your system administrator should install set up and run ScoutSync on a computer Your system administrator must also grant you access to a Scout Server Overview of the ScoutSync Client The ScoutSync Client is an application that enables you to connect your SPT 1700 terminal to a Scout Server A Scout Server resides on a Windows NT server or workstation that your System administrator manages and is responsible for transferring data between the ScoutSync Client and your company s back end applications and databases Using Scout s powerful technology you can seamlessly transfer data using an SPT 1700 terminal from virtually anywhere to your company s data stores Using the ScoutSync Client on your SPT 1700 terminal you can e Run ScoutSync Conduits A ScoutSync Conduit is the central processing component that implements the synchronization logic during a synchronization session Your system administrator installs conduits on your device Initiate a synchronization session e View your SPT 1700 terminal s synchronization log 10 3 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 Configuring the ScoutSync Client The Scout Preferences settings enable you to connect a mobile device to a ScoutSync Server When configuring the preferences you must specify the Scout host server name the command port used for ScoutSync Client Server communications and the user s
10. Tapping either button displays the Check Network screen as the modem attempts to register 12 When the modem connects successfully and the following screen displays Successful MS The Wizard hos successfully registered onto the Wireless IP network Your Merlin is now ready to use with 3rd party software applications such us e mail web or other applications Please consult your 3rd party application documentation for installation instructions Enjoy vour Merlin 2 12 Network Setup Maintenance Screens and Menus The SPT 1733 terminal includes menu command s to make it fast and easy to configure and check the status of your modem This section explains the menu commands specific to the Merlin Modem Manager Quick Status Screen The initial Merlin Modem Manager screen displays numerous modem parameters These include the detection of a CDPD channel and whether the modem has successfully registered The modem s status is updated every 3 seconds Setting Description Cellular Signal When checked it indicates that the modem has identified a Present cellular signal CDPD Service When checked it indicates that the modem has identified and Detected is synchronized to a CDPD signal in the area Modem Ready Registered When checked it indicates that the modem has successfully registered with a CDPD service provider in the coverage area When the indicator is lit a working data connection exist
11. Power Input Cable To Vehicle Serial Cable Power Source amp To External Device Ae Note The external device must use an RS 232 serial connection limited to TXD RXD RTS and CTS data lines It must also have its own power supply as the cradle s serial port does not provide power 2 Connect the other end of the cable to the serial port of the external device e g a host computer printer or modem To begin communication 1 Insert the terminal into the cradle 2 Connect the Power Input cable to your vehicle power source Then plug the cable into the Power Port on the terminal 3 Toinitiate communication make appropriate selections on the terminal as determined by the application you are using Note Hemoving a terminal during data communication will disrupt communication between the terminal and the attached device Getting Started with the SPT 1700 Installing the Battery To install the battery in your SPT 1700 1 Open the latches on the battery cover and lift it away from the SPT 1700 Latch Latch 2 Insert the lithium ion battery in the battery compartment making sure it snaps into place 3 Replace the battery cover and re secure the latches Note Be careful to position the battery latches completely open while securing the battery cover on the terminal A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference
12. SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop SOMWAFS couconiacrrrrir a aes Ra RE Reda n RR ace 1 23 System TOO BITIGNITR ue chee sesobmadhs ae d esse ROSE REA ER eX eb 1 24 Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Software Installation 1 24 Chapter 2 Network Setup IIA A AA AAA A A AA A 2 3 Configuring a Spectrum24 Connection SPT 174x Only 2 3 Configuring a CDPD WAN Connection SPT 1733 Only 2 8 o A STET 1T 1200 TT TOTIS 2 8 Maintenance Screens and Menus 2 13 Mei Men OPONAS PPP EEUU 2 15 VU JUR HII ss eee neds hie ke ML SRL TEL TU D e eh ede MRA LII Ll LS 2 15 Advanced Mont z nith cee d ebd Ep kee ded e RE eme aid s 2 16 a by Mec PM Pre EE 2 24 Configuring a GSM WAN Connection SPT 1734 Only 2 25 Chapter 3 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal Jis c EEUU 3 3 POO NOMI Sars aoo Sect RAIDER ERE LS 3 3 Changing the Applications Launcher Display Format 3 4 SWICHING APPIENO PDC EU 3 4 Setting Preterences for Applications 44e nude Eua ak patate dat baw ed 3 5 Displaying Applications by Calegory eau de ua dun ue dde eu D dia i RAO eem c 3 5 IMAG ASM ubl Puy CRT TT tin b ARA RAR EAGLE 3 6 Practicing Grati with the M mo Pad issus ces aix kx ker RR LRRRRE E KR es Rd R ERR 3 6 Writing Leiters TONNES Ls ind w
13. 8 5 menu commands 8 15 modifying and creating expense templates A 5 Printing an Expense Report 8 10 Show OPONE Vicario riinan 8 9 Transferring data to Microsoft Excel 8 10 using expense report templates 8 14 expense Lotus RS aaunascka docu accio A 14 QUAD PIG coccion A 14 font Siye Loca ppp RORSEARPE SIE 3 23 GSMDEMA aco erem ens 18 1 Index 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Data Gall ies debe ici bid 18 7 lntormaltoni aua iaa ce d nod 18 8 Read SMS cuz 18 5 Send SMS Liuius a ka du 18 6 lextimessagesS oinissind 18 5 GsmDemo menu commands 18 11 HotSyn ise 9 1 9 10 9 13 12 3 CDPD ar auda ck dd Ro eee 9 20 Conducting locally 9 9 conducting via modem 9 14 GSM Mc 9 21 performing for first time 9 3 preparing your computer for 9 14 Selecting HotSync Setup Options 9 9 SpectrumaBd Li ccs res ca 9 19 Lr po p CE 193 Installing and Removing 19 1 Laser SCanner ecncceccee he 17 1 BIS assises ee nae ree Soe ee 12 1 12 3 adding a signature 12 13 adding message details 12 11 address lookup 12 10 confirmation requests 12 14 creating messages 12 7 Draft Messages 12 16 filing a message 12 17 A eWiane ae aad 12 8 header information 12 6 high priority messages 12 26 hotsync options 12 21 message fonts 12
14. BOO 7 12 Applications Date Book Changing the Date Book View In addition to displaying the calendar for a specific day you can also display your Date Book by the week month and agenda To toggle through the different views press the Date Book button repeatedly to display the next view or select one of the Date Book View icons 4 00 Dentist appoinment Dr Clark 5 00 6 00 Mew Details Go to Date Book view icons To display the current time tap the date in the Date Book title bar to display the current time Current time displays Note After a few seconds the title bar reverts to show the date Working in Week View The Week View shows a chart of your events for an entire week This view lets you quickly review your appointments and available time slots The graphical display helps you spot overlaps and conflicts in your schedule To display the Week View 1 Tapthe Week View button in the Date Book screen 2 Tapthe navigation controls to move forward or backward a week at a time or to display details of an event Note 7he Week View also shows untimed events and events that are before and after the range of times shown 7 13 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Previous week Next week ME q Week 20 gt 5 MOT WT FS 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Bar indicates earlier event Dot indicates untimed event P LL Bar indicates later event
15. Encrypt Len Keys 1 4 Network Setup The specific Direct Sequence Channel used for communications between the AP Access Point and the MU Mobile Unit Channels are unique per country Approximately 8 bytes of the packet header generated by the AP and is attached to the packet prior to transmission Preamble length is transmission data rate dependent The short preamble is 50 shorter than long preamble Both the MU and AP need to be set to the same preamble to associate Tap to enable encryption an efficient method of preventing data theft and improving data security The specific algorithm used for each encryption key Encryption length Choose either 40 bit or 128 bit 40 bit encryption Requires a 10 Hex digit Encryption key 128 bit encryption Requires an access code Contact the Symbol Technologies Support Center 1 800 653 5350 for details Specific key codes required for encryption Note Symbol Technologies recommends using the default settings as they have been set to maximize the performance of the SPT 1746 Tap Done when configuration is complete then tap OKto return to the Spectrum24 Preferences screen Tap Connect to connect to the network 2 7 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 Configuring a CDPD WAN Connection SPT 1733 Only Before the SPT 1733 terminal can be used you need to be activated on a CDPD network All CDPD identification and address info
16. Press the To Do List button on the front panel of the SPT 1700 terminal to display the To Do List screen To Do List button Tip Press the To Do List button repeatedly to cycle through the categories in which you have items 16 3 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Working With To Do Items A To Do item is a reminder of some task that you have to complete Your SPT 1700 terminal gives you control over the appearance level of detail and the sort order of To Do items To create a To Do item 1 Tapthe New button in the To Do List screen New To Do item Tap New Mew Details Show New Details Show q 2 Enter the text you want to appear in the To Do item The text can be longer than one line Note f a To Do item is not currently selected writing in the Graffiti writing area automatically creates a new To Do item 3 Tap anywhere on the screen to de select the To Do item Note You can add a name address and phone number to a To Do List item using the Phone Lookup option Refer to Using Phone Lookup on page 4 4 for details Setting Priority Optional Priority settings for To Do items enable you to arrange the tasks in your To Do List according to relative levels of importance The default setting for the To Do List arranges To Do items by priority and due date with priority 1 items at the top If you have a number of To Do items in
17. The Month View screen shows which days have events scheduled Dots and lines in the Month View indicate events repeating events and untimed events Month View button Tips for Using Month View Tap any day that displays in the Month View screen to move directly to that day with the Day View screen conflicts EL en Dera Go Previous next month Dashed line indicates continuous event Dots on right side indicate events Dots below date indicate untimed events 7 15 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Tap the arrows at the top to move forward or backward a month Tap the Go To button to open the Date Picker and choose a different month When the Month View is on the screen you can use the scroll button on the front panel of the SPT 1700 terminal to move between months Press the upper half of the button to display the previous month or press the lower half to display the next month Note You can control the dots and lines that display in the Month View Hefer to Options Menu later in this chapter Working in Agenda View The Agenda view shows your appointments untimed events and To Do List items in a single screen You can also use the Agenda view to check off completed To Do List items To display the Agenda View 1 Tap the Agenda View button in the Date Book screen 2 Tapthe desired event to go to a Day View of any event on the Agenda view screen 12 43 pra
18. Week View button 3 Tap any of the events to show a description of the event Tue 7 27 99 10 00 am 11 00 am Event details Dentist 8 00 10 00 12 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 Tap to show event details Tips for Using Week View e To reschedule an event tap and drag the event to a different time or day Tap a blank time on any day to move directly to that day with the Day View screen Tap any of the days and dates that display at the top of the Week View to move directly to that day without selecting an event The Week View shows the time span defined by the Start Time and End Time in the Date Book Preferences settings If you have an event before or after this time span a bar displays at the top or bottom of that day s column and these on Screen scroll arrows display if your scheduled events go beyond the displayed time range 7 14 Applications Date Book Spotting Event Conflicts in Week View With the ability to define specific start and end times for any event it s possible to schedule events that overlap an event that starts before a previous event finishes In this case any event conflict time overlap displays in the Week View as overlapping bars The Day View displays bracketed bars to the left of the conflicting times Apr 3 amp q Week 16 P 10 00 12 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 MT WoT F 5 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Apr 15 93 PP Event Working in Month View
19. 14 Tips Lodging total MEALS 18 Breakfast 19 Lunch amp Snacks Meals total BUSI 24 Business meals 25 Conference Business total TRAI Local Transportation 34 TollaParking 36 Miles 111 mil Trans total MIS 40 Gt Telephone amp Fax 42 Supplies Misc total TOTAL Less cash advance Due employes Due compan Sample2 14 eje le e e fe e fe fe e fe Je sa SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Sample 3 Co Paid Burinorz moalr onto Total Company paid Total Employes pruna eqnalurr Less travel advancer Due Employee Due Company Using Expense Templates and Custom Expense Reports Sample 4 d Sample4 xit ojx G 1 p K WEEKLY EXPENSE A B c E Fr mM o EMPLOYEE NAME EMP NO PHONE PROJECT WEEK ENDING 010000 MAIL CHECK TO ADDRESS HOLD FOR PICK UP PURPOSE OF TRIP AD par ano pare a roras CITIES ORTOWNS FROM Personal VISITED TO MILES 29 0 per mile DOLLARS Pe AIR FARE prepai AIRLINE TICKET REFUNDICREDIT Mauro RENTAL GAS Unused tickets attache US 0 00 TOLLS amp PARKING FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE AIR RAIL BUS FARE United States 1US 1000 TAXI LIMOUSINE France 1US 5 430 LODGING HOTEL MOTEL German iss 1900 Ireland 1US 0740 B England 1US 0 486 TELEPHONE amp FAX Japan 1US 105 400 PERSONAL MEALS SIGN
20. Sleep Mode pick list Enabled The modem will attempt to enter a low power mode if it is not required to carry out any communications with a Network The modem may respond sluggishly to the first communication request when it is required again Disabled The modem is not allowed to enter sleep mode Network Provider pick list A only B only Prefer A Prefer B 2 18 The modem will search for a CDPD system on the A side only For users who do not roam this selection can sometimes speed the registration process as the modem does not have to look on the B side as well before it can register Same as A only except on the B side The modem will search for a CDPD system on the A side first and attempt registration on any system it finds However if the modem cannot register on the A side it will then attempt to find service on the B side For users who roam this setting would be appropriate if the home system was on the A side The modem will search for a CDPD system on the B side first and attempt registration on any system it finds However if the modem cannot register on the B side it will then attempt to find service on the A side For users who roam this setting would be appropriate if the home system was on the B side Network Setup Service ID Pref pick list Only SvcID The modem will attempt to detect only the system in the Service ID parameters for registration This is useful in cases wh
21. a y no SPT 1700 Series oC Spelt Product Reference Guide SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 70 37544 03 Revision December 2000 Symbol Technologies Inc One Symbol Plaza HoltsvilleN Y 1742 1300 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 70 37544 03 Revision A December 2000 LT Wn B w Aad 1999 2000 by Symbol Technologies Inc All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced or used in any form or by any electrical or mechanical means without permission in writing from Symbol This includes electronic or mechanical means such as photocopying recording or information storage and retrieval Systems The material in this manual is subject to change without notice The software is provided strictly on an as is basis All software including firmware furnished to the user is on a licensed basis Symbol grants to the user a non transferable and non exclusive license to use each software or firmware program delivered hereunder licensed program Except as noted below such license may not be assigned sublicensed or otherwise transferred by the user without prior written consent of Symbol No rightto copy a licensed program in whole or in part is granted except as permitted under copyright law The user shall not modify merge or incorporate any form or portion of a licensed program with other program material create a derivative work from a licensed pro
22. e CD ROM drive Mouse One available serial port Optional Equipment Modem Windows compatible printer Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Software Installation The following instructions guide you through installing the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software After you install the software refer to the Help menu for complete information about how to use the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software To ensure a safe and uninterrupted installation of the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software do the following before installing e Connect the cradle to your computer e If you have placed your SPT 1700 terminal in the cradle remove it during software installation Exit all programs including those that run automatically at startup such as fax software virus protection software screen saver software and application toolbars such as Microsoft Office e Donotsimply copy the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop files to your hard drive You must use the installer to place the files in their proper locations and then decompress them 1 24 Getting Started with the SPT 1700 To install the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software 1 Insert the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Software CD into the CD ROM drive on the PC 2 If your CD ROM supports the auto run feature an installation menu automatically displays on your desktop If not navigate to your CD ROM drive and double click on setup exe The Welcome Screen displays 3 Follow
23. 1 Tapthe icon to open the Applications Launcher 2 Tapthe icon to open the HotSync application 3 Tapthe icon to display the HotSync Options menu and select Connection Setup The Connection Preferences screen displays Preferences Connection Available Configurations Palm Modern LS Canada IR to a P Handheld Marlin CHIEDE 4 Tap Newto create a new configuration The Edit screen displays Marne ash modem Connection Method Kolb n SSM Driver to Modern Dialing IrOohiM to PE ICO to Modern Volume ww Low 5 Enter a name for the connection i e GSM modem and select GSM Driver to Modem as the Connection Method Refer to Preparing Your SPT 1700 Terminal for a Modem HotSync Operation on page 9 15 for additional information about this screen 6 Tapthe OK button followed by the Done button 2 25 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 26 Chapter 3 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal Chapter Contents METELLI HDI ode i ebore O 3 3 O 3 3 Changing the Applications Launcher Display Format 3 4 Suwitehihg ADDIIGHIDIIS e aede aaa yA 3 4 Setting Preferences for Applications 3 5 Displaying Applications by Category 3 5 Wiring Graia wide SUS mer 3 6 Practicing Grafiti with the Memo Pad seu uses conser 3 6 Witting Letters Wih Grafiti cs uu acaso ee ma
24. 1746 Note this feature is only enabled when you have exited the GsmDemo application Displays the network you are registered with i e UK Vodaphone Displays signal strength Applications GsmDemo Working with Text Messages GsmDemo allows you to send receive and view text messages with your SPT 1734 terminal Read SMS To read your SMS messages 1 Tapthe main pick list and select Read SMS The following screen displays GsmDemo w Read SMS Displays the message text Displays the sender s phone number From Preview 447901518996 have to can EF 447887832876 Well done wi Unread A 447887832876 called last n 2 Select a message from the list and tap the Read button to read a message Message D From 447901518996 At 10 30 27710700 I have to cancel our 10 00 meeting Bill 3 Tapthe OK button when you are done 4 Select a message from the list and tap the Reply button to open the Send SMS Screen and reply to the message 5 Tapthe Delete button to delete a message 18 5 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Send SMS To send an SMS message 1 Tap the main pick list and select Send SMS The following screen displays GsmDemo w Send SMS Phone no Phone book 1 4 Tap to access 447007032876 the terminal s phone book Send 2 Enter the Phone number of the message recipient and the message 3 If you do
25. 2 Enter the code to disable Call Waiting on the Disable call waiting line Note Each telephone company assigns a code to disable Call Waiting Contact your local telephone company for the code that is appropriate for you Using a Calling Card The Use Calling Card field enables you to use your calling card when dialing your ISP or Intranet server There is usually a delay before you enter your calling card number When you define your calling card number add commas at the beginning to compensate for this delay Each comma delays transmission of your calling card number for two seconds 14 18 Applications Preferences To use a calling card 1 Select the Use Calling Card check box to activate this feature Phone Setup 1 Enter your calling card number here 2 Enter your calling card number on the Use Calling Card line Note f s a good idea to add at least three commas at the beginning of your calling card number to compensate for the cue delay 3 Tap OKto confirm your selection and return to the Network Preferences screen Connecting to Your Service After you set your Modem and Network Preferences establishing a connection to your ISP or dial in server is easy Remember that you need a third party application such as a web browser or news reader to take advantage of this connection Check the Symbol website http www symbol com palm for the latest information about third party applications that
26. 3 Tapthe Sort by pick list and choose Manual or Alphabetic 4 Tapthe OK button to close the Memo Preferences screen and activate your setting Manually Arranging the Memo List If you choose the Manual option for the Sort by setting you can rearrange the order of the memos in the Memo List screen Your SPT 1700 terminal renumbers all the memos to reflect the new order Note 7he Manual setting of the Memo Preferences is not transferred to the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop If you choose to display your memos alphabetically on the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop and then perform a HotSync operation the memos are still arranged in the order defined in the Memo Preferences setting To rearrange the order of your memos 1 Select the Manual option in the Preferences screen as described in the previous procedure 2 Inthe Memo List screen tap and drag the memo to a new location in the list When you lift the stylus from the SPT 1700 terminal screen the memo displays in its new location Choosing a Memo Category Categories are used to file individual memos into groups for easy review You can assign and edit categories using the Categories pick list in the upper right corner of the screen or the Details screen Refer to Using Categories on page 3 24 for a complete description of categories Marking a Private Memo You can designate a specific memo as private When you activate the Security features your SPT 1700 terminal
27. 7 ES 3 13 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Exclamation Dollar 5 Additional Graffiti Punctuation One Et VOL D NEISIEIININZTVNI Note When Punctuation Shift is active you can make a symbol stroke anywhere in the Graffiti writing area the letters or numbers side Writing Symbols and Extended Characters All symbols and extended characters begin with the stroke in the Graffiti writing area of your SPT 1700 Symbol Se Shift N When the Symbol Shift is active a slanted shift symbol displays in the lower right corner of the screen The next stroke that you make creates the symbol or extended character TPEICIT T TINIVIISIOI REIN 1 BINISIO 3 14 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal Writing Accented Characters To create accented characters draw the stroke normally used to letter followed by an accent stroke Graffiti then adds the accent to the letter For example the following diagram shows the strokes required to draw an accented e Accent Strokes a a a a Using these accent strokes you can write the following accented letters a a e 66 60 0 ynAhR Additional Non English Characters You can write the following characters in the lowercase alphabet mode without any special punctuation
28. A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 Help Menu The Help menu can be selected from all screens When you select Help its commands display on the screen Options ET About GsmDemo help Opens the GsmDemo help screens About Provides version information for GsmDemo 18 12 Za Chapter 19 Installing and Removing Applications Chapter Contents MERCI IBID oni a eke eS kh ais e SBA Sedona 19 3 le vemos suoi M V andere 19 3 Viste an NES anata Hague dada dari dad are da dade dran ci oe IU dap dolio adeb Ue uw Oe diaadw d 30 19 6 Removing ADp IICaIOFIS dures o RE REA RE A Op RR R RO RU OHS dos 19 7 Removing the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Software 19 8 19 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Installing and Removing Applications Introduction This chapter explains how to install and remove applications on your SPT 1700 terminal and how to remove the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software from your computer Installing Applications Your SPT 1700 terminal comes with the Date Book Address Book To Do List Memo Pad Expense Calculator and Mail applications installed and ready to use You can also install additional applications on your SPT 1700 terminal The SPT Install Tool makes it quick and easy to install software on your SPT 1700 terminal during a HotSync operation Note Any game or application that you install on your SPT 1700 terminal resides in RAM m
29. New button or a blank line To draw the first letter of a word as a capital letter use the Caps Shift stroke Caps Shift Tip When Caps Shift is active an up arrow symbol displays in the lower right corner of the SPT 1700 terminal screen To enter only capital letters Caps Lock use the Caps Lock stroke Caps Lock Tip When Caps Lock is active an underlined up arrow symbol displays in the lower right corner of the SPT 1700 terminal screen To return to lowercase make the Caps Shift stroke Writing Numbers With Graffiti Writing numbers with Graffiti is similar to writing letters except that you make the character strokes on the right hand side numbers side of the Graffiti writing area 3 12 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal Graffiti Numbers Number Number 0 O O 5 Strokes Strokes oo 6 2 2 7 t 3 8 0 L g Writing Punctuation Marks With Graffiti Graffiti can create any punctuation symbol that you can enter from a standard keyboard All punctuation marks begin with a single tap on the Graffiti writing area When you make this tap you activate Punctuation Shift and a dot displays to show it is active The next stroke you make with the stylus creates a punctuation mark a shift Symbol Stroke Symbol Stroke Period e Dash Comma Left Paren l C Apostrophe Right Paren N Question Slash
30. Note f you clear this setting your To Do items disappear from the list when you complete check them These items have not been deleted and still reside in the memory of your SPT 1700 terminal You must purge completed items to remove them from memory Hefer to To Do Show Options on page 8 for details 3 Tap the check box on the left side of the item Completed To Do item To Do Item Details The To Do Item Details screen enables you to change individual To Do item settings To activate the To Do Item Details screen 1 Tap anywhere on the text of a To Do item in the To Do List screen 2 Tapthe Details button to open the To Do Item Details screen To Do Item Details 6 Priority Eli 2 5 4 5 Category w Unfiled Due Date w No Date Private O The following sections describe the features and settings that are available in the To Do Item Details screen Applications To Do List Choosing a To Do Category Categories can help you file individual To Do items into groups for easy review You can assign and edit categories using the Categories pick list in the Details screen refer to Using Categories on page 3 24 for a complete description of categories Setting a Due Date You can associate a due date with any To Do List item You can also sort the items that display in the list based on their due date To set a Due Date for a To Do List ltem 1 Tapthe No Date text in the Details scree
31. Note By default your SPT 1700 terminal removes the event from the Date Book but retains a copy of the event and transfers it to an archive file on your computer the next time you perform a HotSync operation To remove the event completely clear the Save archive copy on PC check box Attach Note Opens the Note screen where you can create a Note for the current event Delete Note Opens an alert screen prompting you to confirm that you really want to delete the Note attached to the event Tap the OK button to delete the Note from the memory of your SPT 1700 terminal or tap the Cancel button to close the alert screen and return to the Date Book SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Purge Beam Event 7 18 Opens an alert screen prompting you to confirm that you want to purge events older than a certain time period based on the current date on the internal clock on the SPT 1700 terminal You can use the Purge command to conserve memory on your SPT 1700 terminal The default setting for the Purge alert is to Save archive copy on PC This setting removes events from the Date Book but retains copies and transfers them to an archive file on your computer during the next HotSync operation Note The Purge command also deletes repeating events if they end before the date that you activate the Purge command Beams the current event to another terminal through the IR port Refer to Beaming Information to Other SPT 1700 Ter
32. Provider or a dial in server Service templates are a set of ISP and dial in server configuration settings that you can create save and reuse 14 14 Applications Preferences To select a service 1 Tap the Service pick list in the Network Preference screen to display a list of all the predefined service templates Preferences w Metwork v Service Merlin Tap here to display a list of service templates User Name Password E Connection Modern US Phone Details Connect 2 Tap the service you want to use Entering a User Name The User Name setting identifies the name you use when you log into your Internet Service Provider or your dial in server Although this field can contain multiple lines of text only two lines display on the screen To enter a user name 1 Tap the User Name line in the Network Preferences screen to move the cursor to that field If you select the Spectrum24 option it does not request a user name 2 Enter your user name Note Most dial in servers do not accept spaces in the user name Entering a Password The Password field identifies the password you use to log into your server or ISP Your entry in this field determines whether your SPT 1700 terminal prompts you to enter a password each time you log into your network If you do not enter a password your SPT 1700 terminal displays the word Prompt in this field and asks you to enter a password
33. SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide reset A A TT T 21 5 SOL saute sde ba m 21 5 S leche MP RERO T 17 3 17 7 Barcode Application 17 7 Demo Scan Application 17 4 scanning Using ico riaa 17 7 DOGMAS Li esL edd dadas 17 9 Sscan application 17 3 Scanning Problems 17 9 Scheduling an Event 7 4 8 5 Scheduling Repeating Events 7 10 Scout Sync Client CONNU ss ss Stone bass 10 4 CONGUNS sus RR LV 10 5 DVerViBW orcos rn 10 3 Synchronization score ees 10 6 AUOMIAUG saone 10 6 LATE PEN NT ES eased dd 14 16 sending messages 12 14 service information xviii Setting Up for a Wireless HotSync 9 18 Setting up the Ethernet Cradle for HotSync 9 22 SON ODDS Es dune ec RR GR ES ER RUE 8 9 Sol regel soso dead ke NOU CY 21 5 Sorting Address Book 5 8 Speetrume escri re 9 19 SEIT LEO PR beer aia AA ir eni tente d A 6 DIAGNOSIS uu dci ie acies agde 20 4 Bar Code Scanner test 20 6 Digitizer Alignment test 20 8 Serial Port test 20 7 system information test 20 5 Systems Diagnostics test 20 8 Index 6 hard ESS omar ds 21 5 Maintaining your terminal 21 1 CAMA oae cnp obese bs 21 3 OMME MR 20 3 Parts of tie SPT 1700 42 desire 1 4 COSINA cuisses Erb EE Rd ER EA SO 21 5 SOFIES i 0 stades ee 21 5 SCANNING acia rd KD 17 3 Setting the Date
34. User Midyne 7 Wait for the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop to display a message indicating that the process is complete Using User Profiles If you need to configure a number of SPT 1700 terminals with specific information such as a company phone list before distributing them to their users you can create a User Profile to load the data into a SPT 1700 terminal without associating that data with a user name The User Profile feature is designed only for the first time HotSync operation before you assign a User ID to a particular SPT 1700 terminal Refer to Conducting Wireless HotSync Operations on page 9 18 for information about loading data after you assign a User ID 9 6 Applications HotSync amp To create a User Profile 1 Open the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software 2 Click Users from the Tools menu to open the Users dialog 3 Click the Profiles button to open the Profiles dialog OK New Delete Rename Selecta profile Help 4 Click the New button to open the New Profile dialog New Profile x Enter a new profile name Cancel 5 Enter a unique name for the Profile and click the OK button to return to the Profiles dialog 6 Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each Profile that you want to create then click the OK button to return to the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop 7 Select the Profile from the User drop down box in the upper right hand corner of the screen and create the da
35. do one of the following a Press the upper half of either of the scroll buttons on the front panel of the SPT 1700 terminal to complete the hard reset and display the Digitizer screen b Press any other button to perform a soft reset Note With a hard reset the current date and time are retained Formats Preferences and other settings are restored to their factory default settings After initial start up always start the terminal by pressing the red power button Calibrating the Screen The first time you start your SPT 1700 or after a hard reset the calibration screen displays Follow the steps in this section to align the internal circuitry of your SPT 1700 with its touch sensitive screen Note f your SPT 1700 unit came pre loaded with a custom software application you may not need to calibrate your screen in which case you Will not see the calibration screen To calibrate your SPT 1700 for first time use 1 Press the power button on the front panel of your SPT 1700 to display the calibration screen This screen also displays following a hard reset Power Button 2 Remove the stylus from its storage silo on the back of the SPT 1700 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 3 Tapthe exact center of each target that displays on the screen with the tip of the stylus LS Tap center of target If you need to recalibrate the screen at any time open the Prefs application tap on th
36. lists of required steps that are not necessarily sequential Numbered lists indicate a set of sequential steps i e those that describe step by step procedures Tap refers to selecting an option on the display using the stylus Related Documents SPT 1700 Series Quick Reference Guide p n 70 37543 xx SPT 1700 2700 Modem Module Quick Reference Guide p n 72 42908 xx SPT 1700 Series Site Survey Tool User Guide p n 72E 39283 xx SPT 1700 Series Site Admin Tool User Guide p n 72E 39284 xx SPT 1500 1700 Scanner System Software Manual p n 72E 35914 xx CRD1700 4000S Cradle Quick Reference Guide p n 60308 001 CRD 1700 1000S Cradle Quick Reference Guide p n 70 37840 xx CRD 1700 1000M Modem Cradle Quick Reference Guide p n 70 40933 xx CRD 1700 4000E Ethernet Cradle Quick Reference Guide p n 72 39472 xx VCD 1700 Series Vehicle Cradle Quick Reference Guide p n 72 42033 xx VCD 1700 Installation Instructions Vehicle Cradle p n 72 43825 xx MSR 3000 Magnetic Stripe Reader Quick Reference Guide p n 72 38392 xx MSR 3000 Magnetic Stripe Reader System Software Manual p n 72 38411 xx SPT 1733 2733 CDPD Developer s Guide p n 72E 42911 xx xvii A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide SPT 1734 PPT 2734 Developer s Guide for GSM Wireless Wide Area Network WWAN p n 72 44271 xx e SPT 1740 Web Client User s Guide p n 72 42792 xx e Spectrum24 Access Point AP 3020 Product Reference Guide p n 70 20504 xx e SPT 1740
37. www palm com The Add button looks first in the ADD ON folder inside your C Palm folder This folder is a convenient place to store downloaded Palm organizer files 4 Selectthe user name that corresponds to your SPT 1700 terminal in the User drop down list 5 Click the Add button to open the Open dialog 2 x Open Lookin cen ale Giraffe prc Hardball prc Minehunt prc Puzzle pre Subhunt prc EEE Files oftype All Palm Organizer File Types m Cancel 6 Click the application s that you want to install on your SPT 1700 terminal 7 Click the Open button to return to the Install Tool dialog 19 5 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Note Review the list of applications you selected in the Install Tool dialog If you do not want to install an application click it then click the Remove button This does not remove the application from your computer it simply removes it from the list of applications to install 8 Perform a local HotSync operation to install the application s you selected Refer to Conducting a Local HotSync Operation on page 9 9 for details Installing Games The CD ROM that comes with your SPT 1700 terminal includes several games that you can install with the SPT Install Tool These games include HardBall Puzzle Giraffe MineHunt SubHunt Note Giraffe is a fun easy way for you to practice writing Graffiti After you
38. 6 opening on the SPT 1700 12 5 sending messages 12 14 setting a priority 12 12 SOP 6621554 ititi rikti 12 3 synchronizing with email 12 5 viewing messages 12 5 Manager aus aces gon RW dE 3 4 MISMO Pad acicate 13 1 13 3 Arranging Memos 133 choosing a memo category 13 6 Deleting a Memo 19 7 marking a memo private 13 6 Index 2 menu commands 13 8 reviewing memos 13 5 PISIOTONGRS bist cies PL t 14 1 UHONS ssexnreeesagd esas oe 14 3 changing pen preferences 14 5 COnMECION 4 ada sce esa weak 14 7 Bold PNR NE 14 9 A vate kehdee amp take eas 14 9 General 14 10 14 13 hotsync buttons 14 6 network and Palm TCP IP 14 13 A es 14 28 A occ adesteuseece teas 14 28 DOI arcano ds 14 5 SIORBDUES x sontagestss ssse 14 29 time date week numbers 14 10 REMOVING 1250 226 cd bak TP 19 7 Scout Syne Clleht iuuenem e 10 1 GORGE N usauca exacte aar 10 4 menu commands ssirrisirisa 10 8 Overview sanonnan 10 3 BCCUHY sip 15 1 setting preferences 3 5 SScan Application menu commands 17 3 SWNCHING ssescovserhecerReR Rye 3 4 To Do listones pinza 16 1 choosing a to do category 16 7 setting a due date 16 7 To Do Show Options 16 8 Working with items 16 4 AvantGo Client menu commands 11 10 Synchronizing with a
39. 6 for more information Using the Onscreen Keyboard You can activate the on screen keyboard any time you need to enter text or numbers on your SPT 1700 Note that you cannot enter Graffiti characters while using the on screen keyboard To use the on screen keyboard Open any SPT 1700 application 2 Tap any record name or tap the New button with the tip of the stylus 3 Tapthe left target to open the Alpha keyboard or tap the right target to open the Numeric keyboard ap here for letters ap here for numbers keyboard keyboard Refer to Using the On Screen Keyboard on page 3 17 for additional information 1 22 Getting Started with the SPT 1700 Icon Descriptions Applications Icon Tap to exit the current application and to display a list of available eG applications for selection Calculator Icon Tap to display the calculator application Menu Icon Tap from within an application to display the menu of options for the selected application Find Icon Tap from within an application to enter search criteria to find an entry Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Software Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software extends many of the functions of your SPT 1700 Series terminal to your computer Although using Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software is optional when you use it with your SPT 1700 Series terminal and the built in HotSync technology you can fully synchronize the information on your SPT 1700 Seri
40. Address Primary DNS Secondary DNS Sleep Mode Network Provider SPI SPNI WASI Service ID Pref Channel Hot List Hot List Operation This is the current IP address of the modem Tap to enter a new IP address This is the current Primary DNS address of the modem Tap to enter a new DNS address This is the current Secondary DNS address of the modem Tap to enter a new DNS address Allows or disallows the modem to enter the low power mode Please note that this feature is only functional when used on Wireless IP networks that support it Configure the side preferences for the modem All CDPD systems are categorized into A systems or B systems This setting determines which system category categories how the modem will search for a CDPD system among the two system category choices Refer to Network Provider pick list on page 2 18 for detailed information Configures all identification values for a particular system or Wireless IP network Also called Service ID parameters Configures the preferences for the service ID parameters Refer to Network Provider pick list on page 2 18 for detailed information Configures a list of channels upon which the modem will attempt to find service This user configurable list can contain up to 32 channels listed in the particular order that you want the modem to use Configures how the Channel Hot List entered is used 2 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide
41. AvantGo Client Menu Commands AvantGo Client includes menu commands to make it fast and easy to perform tasks This section explains the menu commands specific to AvantGo Refer to Using Menus on page 3 20 for information about menu commands common to all of your SPT 1700 terminal applications Note Hefer to www avantgo com for additional information about these commands Channels Menu When you select the Channels menu its commands display on the screen Open Page Opens a page Reload Page Reloads refreshes a page Forms Manager Opens the Forms Manager Contains a list of forms you ve created Channel Opens the Channel Manager Displays a list of channels and sizes Manager Online Cache Opens the Online Cache Manager Contains a list of online pages in Manager cache Modem Sync Initiates synchronization of the device to your online service Refer to Synchronizing With a Modem on page 11 9 for details Connect Connects to your online service using a modem connection Disconnect Disconnects from your online service 11 10 Applications AvantGo Client and Mobile Link Go Menu When you select the Go menu its commands display on the screen Home Brings you directly to your home page Back Returns to the previous page Forward Advances to the next page Choose Server Displays a list of servers available to this terminal Options Menu When you select the Options menu its commands display on the screen Pre
42. B 1 LIER BIDDER Liu edet ve voe A PC bM B 2 Examples egisse uas weed Loans IRR ES ROW er Kd EV GNT P EG we B 2 Index xii About This Guide Introduction The SPT 1700 product family is the next generation of pen based one and two dimensional bar code scanning pocket sized terminals which also offer a new ruggedized design rechargeable lithium ion battery and optional wireless local area networking capability The complete line of SPT 1700 products are based on the popular Palm Computing platform architecture offering users a fast friendly and flexible interface for data acquisition and management xiii 2 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide The SPT 1700 consists of the following models SPT 1700 SPT 1733 SPT 1734 SPT 1740 SPT 1742 SPT 1746 Performs 1 and 2 dimensional scanning and batch communication Three memory configurations are available e 2MB ROM 2MB RAM e 2MB ROM 8MB RAM 4MB ROM 8MB RAM Performs 1 and 2 dimensional scanning and uses the CDPD radio to perform wide area wireless communication This model has the same available memory configurations as the SPT 1700 Performs 1 and 2 dimensional scanning and uses the Global Systems for Mobile Communications GSM radio to perform wide area wireless communication This model has the same available memory configurations as the SPT 1700 Performs 1 and 2 dimensional scanning and uses the Symbol Spectrum24 radio to pe
43. Calculator Menu On tis ss adiac a das Rope oup eee AS 6 4 Recent CANONS idaeecgerPRRY rre GP RE e RR RP RR PRG vers 6 5 6 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 6 2 Applications Calculator Introduction The Calculator enables you to perform basic mathematical calculations You can also store and retrieve values in the Calculator s memory Opening the Calculator To open the Calculator 1 Tapthe e icon Using the Calculator Screen The Calculator performs general mathematical functions including addition subtraction multiplication and division To use the Calculator screen tap the Calculator buttons that appear on the screen Special Calculator Buttons The Calculator includes several buttons to help you perform calculations Clears the last number you entered Use this button if you make a CE mistake while entering a number in the middle of a calculation This button enables you to re enter the number without starting the calculation over 6 3 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Clears the entire calculation to begin a new calculation Toggles the current number between a negative and positive value If you want to enter a negative number enter the number first and then press the button Places the current number into Memory Each new number you enter with the M button is added to the total already stored in memory The number that you add can be either a c
44. Guide Charging the Battery Before using your SPT 1700 for the first time charge the lithium ion battery The terminal s battery can be charged using the Cradle the Synchronization Charging Cable or the Universal Battery Charger UBC For instructions on using the UBC to charge your batteries refer to the Quick Reference Guide which came with your UBC Follow these same procedures to recharge the battery when the terminal s battery level is low Using the Cradle to Charge the Battery To charge the terminal s battery using the CRD 1700 cradle 1 Make sure the battery is installed in the terminal Refer to nstalling the Battery on page 1 13 for instructions 2 Make sure the cradle is plugged into a wall outlet 3 Insert the SPT 1700 terminal in the cradle as shown Battery Charging LED On the CRD1700 10008 the battery charging LED turns red to indicate that the battery is charging then turns green after approximately two hours to indicate that the terminal s battery is fully charged Spare Battery Charging The CRD1700 1000S single slot cradle has a spare battery charging slot which charges the terminal s spare battery Insert the battery in the spare battery charging slot in the back of the cradle The spare battery charging LED turns red to indicate the spare battery is Getting Started with the SPT 1700 charging then turns green after approximately two hours to indicate the battery is fully charged Spare Bat
45. IR port refer to Beaming Information to Other SPT 1700 Terminals on page 3 30 To select a business card 1 Create an Address Book entry containing the information you want on your business card 2 Tap your business card entry to display the Address View screen for that entry 3 Tapthe icon to open the Address Book menus 4 Tap Select Business Card from the Record menu and tap Yes to accept this entry as your business card To beam a business card 1 Tap your business card entry to display the Address View screen for that entry 2 Tapthe icon to open the Address Book menus 5 10 Applications Address Book 3 Tap Beam Business Card from the Record menu to beam your card to another SPT 1700 terminal Tip You can press the button for about two seconds to beam your card To beam the current entry 1 Tap an Address Book entry that you want to beam to display the Address View screen for that entry Tap the icon to open the Address Book menus Tap Beam Address from the Record menu to beam the current entry to another SPT 1700 terminal through the IR port Tip You can set the full screen pen stroke to beam the current entry Refer to Pen Preferences on page 14 5 for details To beam the current category Display the Address List screen Tap the pick list in the upper right corner and tap the category you want to beam to display the entries in that category Tap the icon to open the Addre
46. Menu Comimahtle au sues sae e Rma Ra E Roy HH EUR OR CERO A RR on REOR RR RUE ns 8 15 FISCO MANN serere naga ra sata ep del otn guo ded d ERO d ead ke wad af aay 8 16 pions MN scr dote dolore ar e abso vu AERE E qu UE RR Pre 8 17 Chapter 9 Applications HotSync amp A 9 3 The HotSync Process and the HotSync Manager 9 3 Performing a HotSync Operation for the First Time 9 3 Line User MOTOS ss mmsoomi memsriemanieastomisen tienne denshiendie 9 6 Mati O cec pace dub aed de Roe dead O 9 8 vi Contents ducting a Local Hot Sync sa t e via tei Operations g the Fi ing HTML Forms vii SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Using AvantGo Client With a Mode corri boss data doc keitai i taki de dos ea 11 8 A Rok eode an e QC do di Cle de lama di ri o dice RSA SEA 11 8 Synchronizing With d Modam ss seen scr bc ee keep A A a Re dolce 11 9 AvantGo Client Maria COMAS esporas ae 11 10 Channels Meli uices etek caras A 11 10 GO MEME daa 11 11 DIDUORS VEM ippo 11 11 Ge LI ar el dq qae qo QE PU PEE eae du INN dd eis Pm Pu 11 12 Jewels Tb bo ira ee bee ras RRS Gute Read ete en ed UN NN Eee 11 13 Ed oerverPriollle Pamela ad AO 11 14 conmmecion TREE S Sois ad e edhe edhe Xe RO HPEPRR entries e 11 16 Advanced Connection SANGS a usus dar obese d rue deien ade 11 17 Using the Mobile Link Application on Your SP
47. Preferences screen to open the Set Date screen 14 11 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 2 Tapthe arrows at the top to select the current year Set Date Tap arrows to select year E Feb itor Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Tap to select month Tap to select date 3 Tapa month box to select the current month 4 Tapthe current date to set the date close the Set Date screen and return to the General Preferences screen Auto Off Your SPT 1700 terminal has an automatic shutoff feature that turns off the power and backlight after a period of inactivity This feature helps conserve battery power in case you forget to turn off your SPT 1700 terminal If you find that your SPT 1700 terminal shuts itself off before you finish reviewing the information on the screen increase the time setting of the automatic shutoff feature To set the Auto off delay 1 Tap Auto off After in the General Preferences screen to open the pick list 2 Tapthe setting you want to use for the automatic shutoff feature You can choose a delay of 1 minute 2 minutes or 3 minutes Stay On In Cradle This option is used to control whether the SPT 1700 terminal stays powered on while it is in the cradle To force the terminal to stay on while it is seated in the cradle check this box Trigger Wake Your SPT 1700 terminal can be awakened or powered on by pressing any one of the scanner buttons I
48. SEA PER E GP ERRORS 9 9 Customizing HotSync Application Settings 9 12 Conducting a HotSync Operation via Modem 9 14 Preparing Your Computer for a Modem HotSync Operation 9 14 Preparing Your SPT 1700 Terminal for a Modem HotSync Operation 9 15 Selecting the Conduits for a Modem HotSync Operation 9 16 Performing a HotSync Operation via Modem 9 17 Conducting Wireless HotSync Operations 9 18 Setting Up tor a Wireless HotSyIG iu saigne Ree ue x RR xay REY eR RR Rx 9 18 Performing a Spectrum24 HotSync 9 19 Parormnga CDPD Holmes ores io cen 9 20 Pertorninga SM HOST daria 9 21 Setting Up the Ethernet Cradle for HotSync 9 22 sl A IT BOIS EH SERIO RRA S aoe daa i OIeP Qe 9 22 Creating a CRD1700 4000E Modem Sync Service 9 23 Configuring the Remote Host PC for Use with the Ethernet Cradle 9 24 9 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 9 2 Applications HotSync Introduction HotSync technology enables you to synchronize exchange and update data between one or more SPT 1700 terminals and the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software To synchronize data you must connect your SPT 1
49. SMS messages Using GsmDemo The first step in using GsmDemo is to configure the SPT 1734 terminal to work with a network To start GsmDemo 1 Tap the Q icon then the Y icon GsmDemo opens the internal serial port to the GSM modem and attempts to register with a network The following screen displays mm Demo Main Status Registered Register AA O Remember FIN On exit O Leave modem registered O Monitor text messages Network UK VODAFONE Signal till Status There are three possibilities Not registered Registered and Registration failed Register Tap to register with the network now De register Tap to end your network session PIN Used for security reasons If your SIM card has this pin enabled enter your pin number here Remember PIN checkbox Tap and your PIN number will be remembered and will be used every time the modem is registered 18 3 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide On Exit Network Signal When exiting GsmDemo you can Leave modem registered Check this box if you are going to use the 1734 terminal s HotSync feature Refer to Configuring a GSM WAN Connection SPT 1734 Only on page 2 25 and Performing a GSM HotSync on page 9 21 for additional details Monitor text messages GsmDemo will notify you with a pop up screen if you ve received any SMS text messages 51415 message received From 447879496963 Text Please call Jim on eut
50. The Connection tab is used to autodetect and change your connection settings and view your computer s proxy settings Mobile Link i xi Servers Connection Proxy settings for this computer Do not use an HTTP proxy server Do not use a SOCKS proxy server Do not use a secure proxy server Tap here to change proxy server settings j Autodetect now OK Cancel Change Changes the settings for your HTTP SOCKS or Secure server Autodetect Now Automatically detects a device s network connection Show Details Becomes available when an autodetect attempt is made and opens a log of the connection You can copy this log into another application by clicking the Copy log to clipboard button and pasting the text into the application of your choice 11 16 Applications AvantGo Client and Mobile Link Advanced Connection Settings To set up proxy servers T NOs Tap the Change button The Advanced Connection Settings screen displays Advanced Connection Settings 24 x Proxy servers Address Port HTTP l Use HTTP authentication Username Password SOCKS Secure v Automatically detect settings recommended m Exceptions Do not use proxy servers for servers at these addresses zl Separate the addresses with semicolons Cancel Enter the unique address of your server into the Address field of the Proxy Servers box The address en
51. The SPT 1733 terminal can connect via Merlin to PC Select either Touch Tone or Rotary Select Rotary only if you are certain that your telephone service does not support Touch Tone dialing Speaker volume for the modem Note The Dialing and Volume settings are not configurable for all Connection Methods and may not display your screen 4 Tapthe Details button The following screen displays Details Speed 57 600 bps Flow CtE w Automatic Init String 5 Tap the Speed pick list and select the speed for communication 6 Tapthe Flow Ctl Flow Control pick list and select either Automatic On or Off Flow Control for the modem connection 7 f necessary edit the Init String text to change the modem setup string 14 8 Applications Preferences Digitizer Preferences The Digitizer Preferences screen activates the digitizer calibration screen This is the same screen that displays when you start your SPT 1700 terminal for the first time complete description of how to use the digitizer calibration screen can be found in Calibrating the Screen on page 1 17 Formats Preferences Use the Formats Preferences screen to set the display format of the country dates times and numbers on your SPT 1700 terminal Country Default The country default sets date time week start day and number conventions based on geographic regions where you might use your SPT 1700 terminal For example in the United Kingdom time
52. an application 1 Tapthe beginning of the text that you want to select 2 Dragthe stylus over the text to highlight it in black Note You can drag across the text to select additional words or drag down to select a group of lines 3 21 2 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide The following commands may display in an Edit menu Undo Cut Copy Paste Select All Keyboard Graffiti Help 3 22 Reverses the action of the last edit command For example if you used the Cut command to remove text the Undo command replaces the text you removed Removes the selected text and stores it temporarily in the memory of your SPT 1700 terminal You can paste the cut text into another area of the application or into a different application Copies the selected text and stores it temporarily in the memory of your SPT 1700 terminal You can paste the copied text into another area of the application or into a different application Inserts the text that you cut or copied at the selected point in your SPT 1700 terminal application The Paste command replaces any selected text If you did not previously cut or copy text the Paste command does nothing Selects all of the text on the current record or screen This enables you to cut or copy all of the text and paste it elsewhere Opens the on screen keyboard When you finish with the on screen keyboard tap the Done button Opens the dialogs that show
53. and whether a row is Fixed or Variable You can place only one x in the Row Section columns 2 5 Determine whether the Columns will contain expense or date information and whether a label is Fixed or Variable You can place only one x in the Column Section columns 6 9 Define the dimensions of the Section The dimensions of the Section display in the green columns 10 13 of Rows it of Columns Start Row Start Column 36 12 1 2 of Rows of Columns Start Row Start Column A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Represents the total number of rows in the Section excluding any header or total rows This includes only the number of rows in the Section where your SPT 1700 terminal data will be placed Represents the total number of columns in the Section excluding any header or total columns This includes only the number of columns in the Section where your SPT 1700 terminal data will be placed The number of the first row of the Section that will be filled with your SPT 1700 terminal data The number of the first column of the Section that will be filled with your SPT 1700 terminal data 9 Define the Dates and Intervals The dates and intervals between dates display in the light blue columns 14 17 Date Dates Start Day Day Date Intervals Between Date Dates Start day Day 1 The row or column number where all the
54. appropriate matches 12 24 Applications Mail To define filter strings 1 Tap a header field in the HotSync Options screen HotSync Options a Settings for w Local HotSync ETEA sie Retrieve All High Priority Ignore Messages Containing Tap here to insert cursor QE Cancel Truncate y 2 Enter your filter string for the selected header field using commas or spaces to separate the words not AND or OR 3 If your string exceeds the length of the field tap the name of the field to display the Notes screen for that header field For more information about header field Notes screens refer to Creating Messages on page 12 7 Tap Done to return to Done HotSync Options 4 Tapthe Done button to return to the HotSync Options screen 5 Tapthe OK button to confirm your filter strings and close the HotSync Options screen 12 25 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 High Priority Messages The Retrieve All High Priority setting lets you retrieve messages marked high priority even if those messages would have been blocked by a defined filter To retrieve high priority messages 1 Tapthe Filter box in the HotSync Options screen to display additional filter options 2 Select the Retrieve All High Priority check box to retrieve all messages marked high priority HotSync Options a Settings for w Local HotSync Tap All Send only GIR check W Retrieve Al
55. can contain information on you or your company such as your name address phone and fax numbers and any other text you want to include Adding a signature to your message is a two part process first you must create your signature then you must select the signature option from the Message Detail screen To create a signature 1 Tap the icon to open the Mail menus 2 Tap Preferences from the Options menu to open the Preferences screen Preferences 1 V Confirm deleted message Signature text Add signature text here 3 Tapin the Signature Text field and enter up to six lines of text 4 Tapthe OK button to confirm your selection and return to the previous screen 12 13 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 To add a signature to your message 1 Tapthe Details button in the New Message screen to open the Message Details screen 2 Select the Signature check box to add a signature to the end of your message 8 Tapthe OKbutton to confirm your selection and return to the New Message screen Note The signature block does not display in your message only your recipient sees the signature block Requesting Confirmations To receive a confirmation when your message is read 1 Tapthe Details button in the New Message screen to open the Message Details Screen 2 Select the Confirm Read check box to request a confirmation when the recipient reads your message 3 Tapthe OK button to confir
56. change the start time and duration for any timed event You can also include events in your Date Book that occur on a particular date but have no specific start or end times such as birthdays holidays and anniversaries These are referred to as untimed events Untimed events display at the top of the Date Book screen with a diamond in the time list You can have several untimed events on a particular date To schedule a timed event for the current day 1 Tapthe time line that corresponds to your event in the Date Book screen Dec 6 99 BIE BOG Dec 6 99 IE BOG V 1 i 2 00 En ap a time E EX Planning team meeting 10 00 10 00 11 00 11 00 12 00 12 00 1 00 1 00 2 00 2 00 300 3 00 4 00 4 00 5 00 Time bar 5 00 6 00 shows 6 00 ME New Details Goto 4 d ration 2 Use the stylus to write Graffiti character strokes or use the on screen keyboard to describe your event You can enter up to 255 characters 3 If your appointment is longer or shorter than an hour tap the time of the event to open the Set Time screen If your appointment is one hour long skip to step 7 74 Applications Date Book Note You can also open the Set Time screen to select a start time by writing a number on the number side of the Graffiti writing area No event can be selected Dec 6 99 4 Er TTF S Set Time 8 00 Tap the time Start Time Planning team meeting J of an event 1 E 1 1
57. characteristics of your report Perform the following before you begin a custom mapping table Print a copy of your custom expense report Activate the Row and Column Headings option in the Sheet settings of the Page Setup command This enables you to quickly determine the size of the Section s as well as the numbers for the start rows and columns On the printed copy identify the data Sections A Section is an area of data with common row and column formatting A yellow high lighter marking pen can make it easy to see the Sections as you work with programming the mapping table Your custom Expense Report can contain any number of Sections and the same data can be repeated in any Section On the printed copy identify the type of Labels that apply to each Section Each Section can have only one kind of Fixed or Variable Label for rows and each Section can have only one kind for columns Place a copy of your custom Expense Report in the Templates folder in the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop directory Change the file name so it has the file extension xlt which defines it as a Microsoft Excel Template Make a note of the exact file name so it can be defined in the mapping table file Programming the Mapping Table Once you have analyzed the components of your custom Expense Report you can program the mapping table to fill the report with data from the SPT 1700 terminal A 9 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide To program
58. contained in the Outbox Gayle Stoltz WOES Msas 3 Unread Inbox mary aol com Dinner Plans david palm com Meeting notes Little brother Y connie wilsont Press Release X michael 3com IR Beaming Tap to display folder list 2 Tapthe message you want to retrieve to display the message ben adamsenetc Package sent Tap here to select message Tap to modify message Message 1 of 1 Subj Package sent mailed the materials you requested this morning Please contact me if you don t receive them by the end of the week 3 Tapthe Edit button to remove the message from the Outbox folder and place it back in the New Message screen 4 Editthe message as desired To return the message to the Outbox tap Send 12 15 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Draft Messages There are times when you may not want to immediately send a message you compose for example you may want to add additional information before sending it Your SPT 1700 terminal stores such messages in the Draft folder until you are ready to edit them When you edit a draft it becomes a new message again Note When you re creating or editing a message you can also save a message as a draft by canceling it When you cancel a message the SPT 1700 terminal opens a dialog asking if you want to save the message If you tap the Yes button your SPT 1700 terminal saves a draft of your messa
59. cradle 1 Turn off your computer 2 Plug one end of the serial cable into the host connector on the back of the cradle 3 Plug the other end of the serial cable into the serial communication port on your computer 1 8 Getting Started with the SPT 1700 Note You may require a 9 pin to 25 pin adapter p n 160 0072 to connect the cable to the serial port on the back of your computer Es I mm gt Note Your SPT 1700 terminal requires a dedicated port lt cannot share a port with an internal modem or other device If you are unsure about the location of the serial port on your computer refer to the user s manual supplied with the computer 4 Connect the power jack into the power receptacle on the back of the cradle 5 Plug the power cable into the wall CRD1700 1000M Modem Cradle To connect the cradle 1 Turn off your computer 2 Plug the RJ 41 connector of the communication cable into the Line Out port on the back of the cradle 3 Plug the other end of the cable into the serial port on the back of your computer 4 Plug one end of the phone cord into the Line In port on the cradle and the other end into a wall phone jack 5 Connect one end of the power cable into the power port on the back of the cradle and plug the other end into a wall outlet SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Note Your SPT 1700 termina
60. date information will be placed the number of blank columns or rows separating the date fields If there are no blank columns or rows between date entries leave this number set to zero the day of the week that starts the expense reporting period Enter a three character abbreviation for the day e g Sun Mon Tue the row or column number where all the day information will be placed If the dates are in a row enter the row number If the dates are in a column enter the column number 10 Define whether the Section is in list format This setting displays in the light purple columns 18 19 Listing Format Expense Type 8 Using Expense Templates and Custom Expense Reports The following diagram shows data presented in a list format Date Category Type Amount Country Payment Type 5 o 4 o ala alo If your Section is in list format enter Yes under list format and enter the number of the row or column where the expense description will be placed in the Expense Type cell Expense amounts can be entered in several different columns or rows if required by your template Note Expense type labels must all display in the same column Enter the row or column numbers for the expense types that appear in the Section These settings display in the aqua columns 20 48 Expense Types Airfare Breakfast Bus Business Meals Car Ren
61. e gt Displays the network connection configuration screen allowing you to make the desired changes or refinements to your network settings Refer to Configuration Screen on page 2 16 for detailed information Displays the Detailed Status screen which shows various details about how your modem is connecting to a Network or the Internet This screen is used for diagnostic purposes and for assisting customer service in diagnosing any problems you may encounter with Network connections Refer to Status Screen on page 2 20 for detailed information Displays the terminal emulator allowing you to connect to and send AT commands to the modem Referto Terminal Screen on page 2 22 for detailed information Displays the Ping screen allowing to send a packet to a particular IP address to determine if it is online Refer to Ping Screen on page 2 23 for detailed information IP Address Primary DHS Secondary DNS Sleep Mode Hetwork Provider SPL SPM WASI Service ID Pref Channel Hot List Hot List Operation Network Setup You can select any of the buttons or triggers and modify their settings Note that none of your changes will become active until you tap the Save button When Saveis selected you are provided with the Disconnecting and Reconnecting screens indicating that the settings are being saved and the modem is being reset with the new settings The Save button also returns you to the Quick Status screen IP
62. for the necessary data Note You can also use non ASCII and literal characters in your login script Refer to Appendix B Non ASCII Characters for Login Scripts for additional information 14 24 Applications Preferences To create a login script 1 Tapthe Script button in the Details screen to open the Login Script screen 2 Tapthe End pick list to open the Command list Login Script a w Wait For Wait For Prompt z 3 Tapthe command s you want from the Command list 4 If the command requires additional information a field displays to the right of it for you to enter the information The following commands are available Wait For Wait For Prompt Send Send CR Send User ID Send Password Delay Tells your SPT 1700 terminal to wait for specific characters from the TCP IP server before executing the next command Tells your SPT 1700 terminal to wait for a prompt before executing the next command Transmits specific characters to the TCP IP server to which you are connecting Transmits a carriage return or LF character to the TCP IP server to which you are connecting Transmits the User ID information entered in the User ID field of the Network Preferences screen Transmits the Password entered in the Password field of the Network Preferences screen If you did not enter a password in the Password field this command prompts you to enter one The Password command is usually followed by a Sen
63. handwriting software character stroke for the first letter of the application you want to use The Applications Launcher scrolls to 3 3 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide the first application that begins with that letter Referto Writing Capital Letters With Graffiti on page 3 12 for additional information Changing the Applications Launcher Display Format By default the Applications Launcher displays each application as an icon As an alternative you can choose to show a list of applications To change the Applications Launcher display 1 Tapthe icon on the SPT 1700 terminal screen to open the Applications Launcher 2 Tap the icon to open the Applications Launcher menus Tap Preferences from the Options menu to open the Preferences screen 4 Tap the View By pick list and select the List option e Note 7ap the Hemember Last Category checkbox to display only the last category of applications that you have selected 5 Tapthe OK button to close the Preferences screen and display the Applications Launcher in list format amp Address Bil Calc ll Date Book Expense A HotSync Mail EY MemoPad 3 Prefs O Security Mi ToDo List Switching Applications When working in any application you can tap the Q icon or press the buttons on the front panel to switch to any other application Your SPT 1700 terminal saves your work in the current application and displays it when you return to the current s
64. hides all private entries and you must enter a password to display them on the screen 13 6 Applications Memo Pad To mark a memo as private 1 Tapthe memo you want to mark as private to display it on the screen 2 Tapthe Details button to open the Memo Details screen for that memo Merno Details 6 Category w Unfiled Private O 3 Select the Private check box 4 Tapthe OK button to close the Memo Details screen and return to the memo screen Deleting a Memo There are three ways to delete a memo simply delete the text of the memo use the Menu Command as described in the Record Menu on page 13 8 or use the Memo Details screen To delete a memo with the Memo Details screen 1 Tapthe memo that you want to delete to display it on the screen 2 Tapthe Details button to open the Memo Details screen 3 Tapthe Delete button to open the Delete Memo alert 4 Tapthe OK button to confirm that you want to delete the current memo 13 7 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Memo Pad Menu Commands The Memo Pad includes menu commands to make it fast and easy to perform common file and editing tasks Refer to Using Menus on page 3 20 for information about menu commands that are common to all SPT 1700 terminal applications Record Menu When you select the Record menu its commands display on screen LISSE Edit Options Beam Category LISSE Edit Options New Memo YN Delete Memo zD Beam Memo JB
65. install and start a game the instructions display in the Game menu Depending on the game the Game menu may also contain commands to show high scores to start a new game or to set Preferences for the game Installing and Removing Applications Removing Applications If you run out of memory or decide that you no longer need an application you installed you can remove applications from your SPT 1700 terminal You can remove only add on applications patches and extensions that you install you cannot remove the applications that reside in the ROM portion of your SPT 1700 terminal including Date Book Address Book To Do List Memo Pad Expense Calculator and Mail applications To remove an add on application 1 Tap the icon on the SPT 1700 terminal screen to open the Applications Launcher 2 Tapthe icon on the SPT 1700 terminal screen to open the Applications Launcher menus 3 Tap Delete from the App menu to open the Delete screen Delete Free Memory 1913K of 1952K Eo 1 J HardBall 19K MineHunt 10K 4 Tapthe application that you want to remove 5 Tapthe Delete button to display a confirmation message Note f you change your mind and do not want to delete an application do not select an application and tap Done 6 Tapthe Yes button to indicate that you want to remove the application from your SPT 1700 terminal 7 Tapthe Done button to close the Delete screen and return to the Applications Laun
66. installed on the mobile device and other informational messages To view the Synchronization Log 1 Tapthe icon The main ScoutSync screen is displayed 2 Tapthe View Log button The ScoutSync Log is displayed Note Only the most recent synchronization session log displays 10 7 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide ScoutSync Client Menu Commands ScoutSync Client includes menu commands to make it fast and easy to perform common tasks This section explains the menu commands specific to ScoutSync Refer to Using Menus on page 3 20 for information about menu commands common to most of your SPT 1700 terminal applications Options Menu When you select the Options menu its commands display on the screen Conduit List Scout Sync Conduit List Allows you to choose which conduits run during ScoutSync ScoutSync Automatically attempt a ScoutSync connection Preferences Opens the Scout Preferences screen where you can enter the Scout Server name port number profile and password Network Opens the Preferences screen where you set up your service and Settings connection preferences About Provides version information Chapter 11 Applications AvantGo Client and Mobile Link Chapter Contents o le PR TET i DL 01 L0 17215 1 20 22 051 201500 11 3 AVAGO NOM c M MPSTT 11 3 Navigaling Men Int PH TFT TIL 11 3 Icon DESCUIDOS s uos ws qoo cep ORO ev deb xor RR Ex We an Cora dde o
67. irys pce rare Vh sS RE bee RES pd 4 3 Usmo P nene Eoo ce oct add pao ipd SEREP AERA ADSL SSARECSAREESS P dd 4 4 Phone Lookup TIDE uos ree eb mehr di db ant E RR ENTRA Be see v 4 5 4 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 4 2 Finding Information With Your SPT 1700 Terminal Introduction This chapter explains how to locate information on your SPT 1700 terminal with the Find command and the Phone Lookup command Using the Find Command The Find command locates any text that you specify and is available in any SPT 1700 terminal application You can search for whole words or the beginning letters of a word The Find command searches all the data on your SPT 1700 terminal and lists which applications contain the text For example suppose you want to find a particular name but aren t sure where you stored it The Find command immediately lists all instances of that name and enables you to jump directly to the name To use the Find command 1 Tapthe icon from any SPT 1700 terminal application to open the Find screen Tip If you select text in an application before you tap the Find button the selected text automatically displays in the Find screen 2 Enter the text that you want to find in your SPT 1700 terminal Note The Find command is not case sensitive In other words searching for the name davidson also finds Davidson The Find command also searches the contents of notes 3 Tap
68. is turned off when the trigger is released or the decode was successful Pulse only the SPT 1700 scan trigger initiates the scan the laser is turned off when laser on time is reached or when the decode was successful Host default The SPT 1700 scan trigger or the application s ScanCmdStartDecode command initiates the scan the laser is turned off when the trigger is released or when laser on time is reached the ScanCmdStopDecode command is called or the decode was successful Once a bar code is decoded displays the type of the decoded bar codes i e Code 39 Code 128 Code 93 etc Once a bar code is decoded displays the decoded data 17 5 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Demo Scan Menu Options Tap the e icon to display the available menus Setup Menu When you select the Setup menu its commands display on screen EXIT Beep Options Hardware H Code Format T Hardware Setting Beep on Good Determines if the terminal beeps to indicate a successful decode Decode Redundancy Determines if the scanner uses redundancy Linear Security Defines the linear security level to be used by the scanner level 1 2 3 or 4 Scan Angle Defines the scan angle to be used by the scanner narrow or wide Decode LED On Defines the length of time in seconds the decode LED remains on Time when a symbol is decoded Laser On Time Defines the length of time in seconds the laser beam remains on whe
69. is usually in the lower right corner on your computer display The location may vary depending on the location of the taskbar and the version of Windows you are using v Local Modem Network Setup Custom File Link View Log About Help Exit 3 Click Local from the HotSync Manager menu to indicate that you are using the cradle or the synchronization charging cable to synchronize 4 Turn on the SPT 1700 terminal and slide it into the cradle 9 4 Applications HotSync Note f you are using the synchronization charging cable connect one end of the cable into the serial port on the back of your computer and the other end into the serial port on the bottom of the terminal 8 Tip The curved edge on the bottom of the SPT 1700 terminal should align smoothly with the cradle when it is inserted properly Press the button on the front of the SPT 1700 cradle and open the New User dialog Note f you are using the synchronization charging cable tap the icon on the terminal 9 5 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide HotSync button 6 Enter a user name for your SPT 1700 terminal and click the OK button to open the HotSync Progress dialog and start the synchronization process Important Every SPT 1700 terminal should have a unique name Never try to synchronize more than one SPT 1700 terminal to the same user name HotSync Progress Status Synchronizing Mail
70. name Williams and the corresponding phone number If you have more than one name that begins with Wi the Phone Lookup screen displays The Phone Lookup feature also works for selected text Drag to highlight the text and then write the Phone Lookup Command stroke L Your SPT 1700 terminal replaces the selected text and adds the phone number to the name that it finds 4 5 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 4 6 Chapter 5 Applications Address Book Chapter Contents MUI DR Bots ab bcd DAA Red mies 5 3 Opening the Address BOCK scooter e 5 3 Pgiess BOOK ENTES nee ede dou dansent anced dede dde date UE S da xS 5 4 Creatina am Address Book EMY eu cases etes see RES A RE 5 4 Deleting an Address Book Enty sisssisanumenenniasteiaaieeaus anses RR EY 5 6 Duplicating an Address Book Entity isses sce rmm e hes 5 6 Working with Address Book Entries eua asd end rre era 5 6 Beaming Address Entries to Other SPT 1700 Terminals 5 10 Address Book Men Commands iie as ri de au de eR kc cR eee REA 5 11 Record MAM es usines EA ABAD 5 12 OPIS rr MM 5 13 5 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 5 2 Applications Address Book Introduction The Address Book enables you to keep names addresses phone numbers and other information about your personal or business contacts With the Address Book you can e Quickly look up or enter names addresses phone numbers and othe
71. often is expressed based on a 24 hour clock In the United States it is based on a 12 hour clock with an AM or PM suffix All your SPT 1700 terminal applications use the Country default settings You can however customize your own preferences as described in Time Date Week Start and Numbers Formats on page 14 10 To set the country default 1 Inthe Formats Preferences screen tap the Preset To pick list The following screen displays Preferences w Formats Preset to w United States Time w HH MM am pr 7 06 pm Date w M D Y 4 14 98 Rpr 14 1998 Weekstarts w Sunday Numbers w 1 000 00 2 Tapthe country you want to use 14 9 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide S Time Date Week Start and Numbers Formats These settings define the defaults Note that the format that you select appears in all applications on your SPT 1700 terminal To select the Time Date Week start and Numbers format 1 Tap the Time pick list in the Formats Preferences screen and select the format that you want for your SPT 1700 terminal 2 Tapthe Date pick list and select the format that you want for your SPT 1700 terminal 3 Tapthe Week starts pick list and select whether you want the first day of the week to be either Sunday or Monday 4 Tapthe Numbers pick list and select the format that you want for your SPT 1700 terminal Note This setting controls the Day Week and Month views in the Date Book ap
72. on the Network tab of the HotSync Manager on the machine you are hotsyncing to Copy down the Primary PC Name Primary PC address and the Subnet mask and enter that information manually on the above screen Refer to Selecting HotSync Setup Options on page 9 9 for details on how to access the Network tab Note f the Subnet Mask box on your PC is empty you do not need to enter anything in that section on your terminal 6 Tap OK 7 Tap Connection Setup on the Option menu and select a Spectrum24 for a SPT 174x terminal b Merlin for a SPT 1733 CDPD terminal or c GSM Modem for a SPT 1734 terminal Performing a Spectrum24 HotSync Note 7his function is available on SPT 174x terminals only To perform a HotSync via the Spectrum24 wireless LAN 1 Ensure the terminal has been properly configured for use Refer to Setting Up for a Wireless HotSync on page 9 18 for details 2 Select the HotSync application from the main application screen 3 Tap Modem and tap Select Service to display the Network Preference Screen 9 19 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 4 Verify that Spectrum24 displays in the Service pick list and that phone setup information is accurate and tap Done Tap the HotSync button to initiate the HotSync Performing a CDPD HotSync Note This function is available on SPT 1733 terminals only To perform a HotSync via the CDPD wireless WAN 1 e 9 20 Ensure t
73. opens and displays additional filter settings Refer to Creating Special Filters on page 12 22 for details During synchronization only unread messages download to your SPT 1700 terminal from your desktop e mail Inbox and all messages in your SPT 1700 Outbox are sent to your desktop e mail application Note The All setting does not mean that all information included in each message downloads to your SPT 1700 terminal Truncation settings explained in a following section for long messages still apply Also Mail never downloads any attachments to your SPT 1700 terminal The message and any text information display but the attachment is left in your desktop e mail application 5b f you selected All Send Only or Unread tap the OK button to confirm your selection and close the HotSync Options screen If you selected Filter continue to the next section Creating Special Filters You can create special filters to control the type of messages that download to your SPT 1700 terminal during synchronization Special filters tell your SPT 1700 terminal what to look for in the To From and Subject header fields to single out certain messages 12 22 Applications Mail 1 To specify filter options tap the Filter box in the HotSync Options screen to display the filter settings HotSyncOptions f HotSync Options i Settings for w Local HotSync Settings for Local HotSync QU Send only ls ios 9 All Send only Unread Isp
74. or shifting ae Note You must write these non English characters in the left side of the Graffiti writing area Navigation Strokes In addition to character symbols Graffiti includes special strokes that you can use to navigate within text or fields in your SPT 1700 terminal applications 3 15 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Navigation Command Stroke Move cursor right e Move cursor left as Previous field Address Book only Next Field Address Book only Open Address Record Address Book only PA Graffiti ShortCuts Graffitis ShortCuts are similar to the Glossary or Autotext features of some word processors and make entering commonly used words or phrases quick and easy Graffiti comes with several predefined ShortCuts and you can also create your own Each ShortCut can represent up to 45 characters For example you might create a ShortCut for your name or for the header of a memo Refer to ShortCuts Preferences on page 14 29 to learn about creating your own ShortCuts To use a ShortCut draw the ShortCut stroke followed by the ShortCut characters When you draw the ShortCut stroke the ShortCut symbol displays at the insertion point to Show that you are in ShortCut mode ShortCut 3 16 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal Your SPT 1700 terminal includes the following predefined Graffiti ShortCuts Entry ShortCut Date stamp ds Time sta
75. or your SPT 1700 terminal does not recognize them as text characters 3 9 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Graffiti Tips When writing with Graffiti keep these tips in mind Accuracy improves when you write large characters Draw strokes that nearly fill the Graffiti writing area e To delete characters simply set the insertion point to the right of the character you want to delete and make the backspace stroke a line from right to left in the Graffiti writing area Write at natural speed Writing too slowly can generate recognition errors Donot write on a slant Vertical strokes should be parallel to the sides of the Graffiti writing area 3 10 The Graffiti Alphabet Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal A N BBI OO C pp DPI i C RR FCI S SEE I li q 7 7 7 IV J aa k F ET L Du LU im mii Z 3 11 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Carriage Period tap twice Return S Writing Capital Letters With Graffiti Note Make capital letters with the same stroke shapes as the basic alphabet characters First shift to caps just as you press the Shift key on a keyboard and then write the character strokes Graffiti includes a Smart Shifting feature which automatically capitalizes the first letter when you create a new entry by tapping a
76. screen 1 Select the expense item you want to assign details 2 Tapthe Details button to open the Receipt Details screen Receipt Details Category Unfiled Type w Lunch Payment w Unfiled Currency v Vendor City Attendees GO Go y 3 Select any of the following options Category Type Payment 8 6 Defines the category for the Expense item Your SPT 1700 terminal provides two sample categories New York and Paris to Show how you might sort your expenses according to different business trips When All is selected the default Category is Unfiled Otherwise the default is the currently selected Category An expense item remains in the default category until you change it Choose Edit Categories from the pick list to change existing or to create new expense categories For example you might create a category for a range of dates such as a week or month or you might delete or rename the New York and Paris categories Opens a pick list of the expense type options so that you can change the expense type for any of your expense items Refer to Options Menu later in this chapter for information about filling in the expense type automatically Enables you to choose the payment method used to pay the expense item If the item is prepaid such as airline tickets supplied by your company you can choose Prepaid to place your expense in the appropriate company paid cell of your printed expense report s
77. search up to all channels if none can be found Given this selection the modem will also update the channel list automatically with any channel on which it has found service In this way the channel list is eventually updated with all CDPD Systems in the area 2 19 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Status Screen The Status screen shows modem information which is updated every 3 seconds This screen was designed to assist support personnel in diagnosing problems with your modem If a problem develops the Symbol Support Center Refer to Symbol Support Centers on page xix for contact information will find the information displayed here of importance Detailed Status SEARCH Side 113dBm PL Side R 0 0 0 0 0 0 PwrPrd 0 Unassigned 0 Searchinq 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 Note There are no menus on this screen and no place for user entry Tapping Done will return you to the Quick Status screen CDPD Entry identifies the current CDPD acquisition state SEARCH The modem is searching for service ACQ D The modem has acquired or synchronized to a CDPD system in the area 2 20 Network Setup RSSI Entry is the signal strength measured on the current channel During the SEARCH phase of operation this value may vary according to the channel on which an attempt will be made When ACQ D the signal strength measurement should remain somewhat constant Color Chan CelllD BLER Side
78. switch among the three dialogs at any time to enter the exact text you need After you finish tap the Done button to close the on screen keyboard and place the text in your SPT 1700 terminal application 3 18 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal Using Application Controls SPT 1700 applications include several types of controls Once you become familiar with these controls you can easily select options and navigate through your SPT 1700 terminal applications The following table lists the controls and how to use them 4 gt w Icon e o Check box When a check mark displays in a check box the corresponding option is active If a check box is empty tap it to insert a check mark If a check box is checked tapping it removes the check mark Scroll arrows Tap the up arrow to display the previous page of information or tap the down arrow to display the next page These arrows perform the same function as pressing the upper and lower portions of the scroll button on the front panel of the SPT 1700 terminal Pick list Tap the arrow to display a list of choices and then tap an item on the list to select it Button Tap a button to perform a command Buttons display with different text depending on their function In most cases tapping a button opens or closes a dialog A dialog is a screen that displays on your SPT 1700 terminal prompting you to enter information or make settings A dialog always contains an OK Cancel
79. tasks This section explains the menu commands specific to Mobile Link Refer to Using Menus on page 3 20 for information about menu commands common to all of your SPT 1700 terminal applications Note Hefer to www avantgo com for additional information about these commands Server Menu When you select the Server menu its commands display on the screen New Server Manually adds a new server configuration manually Delete Removes a server from the terminal s configuration Options Menu When you select the Options menu its commands display on the screen Modem Sync Synchronizes the AvantGo server with the SPT 173x terminal About Mobile Link Displays Mobile Link version information 11 21 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Troubleshooting 11 22 If you do not see any channels or the channels you expect check the following If you have just installed AvantGo Client on your SPT 173x terminal you must re sync to synchronize your SPT173x terminal and the host If you must access AvantGo Server through a proxy server or a firewall AvantGo attempts to set up the connection through the proxy server during the installation process but sometimes it fails to do so If it fails you must set up the AvantGo connection manually You may not have Mobile Link installed on your device Mobile Link is an application that helps AvantGo Client access AvantGo Server and it typically gets installed with AvantGo
80. tests the various features of the terminal and reports whether or not they are operating properly To run the Diagnostics Utility run the Diag Application which displays on your Terminal s Main Application screen The Main Diagnostics screen has five options System Information Bar Code Scanner e Serial Port e Digitizer Alignment e System Diagnostics nm A F E r F F Created with Satellite Farms m System Information m s Bar Code Scanner m Serial Port m Digitizer Alignment m System Diagnostics Tapping any of these options displays screens of related information 20 4 System Information Getting Help With Your SPT 1700 Terminal The System Information option describes the system attributes of the terminal Tapping this option displays the System Information screen Manufacturer RAM Size RAM Free Used ROM Used Flash ID User Battery GRITOS System Memory Manuf Palm Computing RAM Size Kb 192 Free e Llsed Eb 7752 440 ROM Used Kby 4063 Flash ID Invalid Token Other User cdpd Battery 370V The manufacturer of the terminal The amount of Random Access Memory The amount of free and used Random Access Memory The amount of free and used Read Only Memory The serial number assigned to the unit The username of the terminal The voltage level of the batteries 20 5 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide S Bar Code Scanner Te
81. the lower left corner of the screen and choose Setup Select the Local tab and look at the setting specified for the Serial Port You will need this information in subsequent steps Click OK to close the window Shut down HotSync manager on the computer Right click on the HotSync icon in your computer s icon tray and select Exit On your computer run HyperTerminal which displays in the Accessories directory in the Windows Programs menu Start a new connection in HyperTerminal Setthe HyperTerminal session to connect directly and specify the communications port determined in Step 3 Adjust the communications parameters in HyperTerminal and on the terminal so they are compatible e g 57 600 8 data bits 1 stop bits no parity On the terminal click the Send Msg button to send a test message string from the terminal to HyperTerminal on the computer You can edit the message and can also select the Continuous check box to send the test message multiple times When the serial port is functioning properly the messages sent from the terminal are displayed in HyperTerminal 20 7 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Digitizer Alignment Test The Digitizer Alignment option tests the tracking of the stylus on the screen To run this test tap the stylus in various places on the screen and crosshairs appear under the stylus You may also move the stylus continuously across the screen and the crosshairs track t
82. using the Snooze option 1 When the alarm goes off the alarm screen displays 11 33 am Reminder yo Friday 11 5 99 11 40 am 12 40 pm Dental Appointment Dr Clark Tap to delay the Snooze _ snooze alarm for 5 minutes Scheduling Repeating Events The Repeat function enables you to schedule events that recur at regular intervals A birthday is a good example of an event that repeats annually Another example would be a weekly guitar lesson that falls on the same day of the week and the same time of day After you enter a repeating event a I icon displays to the far right of the event To schedule a repeating event 1 Tap anywhere on the text of an event in the Date Book screen 2 Tapthe Details button to open the Event Details screen 3 Tapthe Repeat box in the Event Details screen to open the Change Repeat screen Change Repeat 1 Event Details e A Doy Week Month Year Time ni 1 Tap one of the above Date buttons tosetarepeat i L Alarm Tap the interval y Repeat Repeat Weekly hiipii j 4 Tap Day Week Month or Year in the Change Repeat screen 7 10 Applications Date Book 5 Enter a number that corresponds to how often you want the event to repeat in the 6 7 Every area For example if you select Month and enter the number 2 the event repeats every other month Change Repeat 1 Tap the Change Repeat Li RE Day Week Month Year Month Mon
83. your desktop 11 14 Applications AvantGo Client and Mobile Link Your Account Enter the user name and the password for the server This information allows you to authenticate a connection with a server in a single sync Set Password Opens the Change Password dialog where you can enter your password as it appears on the server you entered in the Address field Connection Options Set and change sync connection options This includes enabling disabling a server to connect during a sync refreshing or not refreshing content at the next sync or enabling a secure connection to the named server Connect to this server Enables or disables the connection between during device the server and your device during the next synchronizations sync Refresh all content at next Overrides the refresh settings for the server sync syncing with your device All of the content regardless of the individual settings on channels and applications will refresh Connect to this server Mobile Link automatically detects whether the using a secure protocol Server is a secure or unsecure server If the Server is secure this checkbox is automatically enabled Server Information Displays the details of address port and server name for the server named in the Hostname field It also provides the location on the Internet or intranet where you can configure your account settings 11 15 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Connection Tab
84. your list changing an item s priority setting may move its position in the list Applications To Do List Note When you create a new To Do item its Priority is automatically set to level 1 the highest most important level However if you select a To Do item first the new item displays beneath the selected item with the same priority as the selected item To set a Priority level for a To Do item 1 Tapthe Priority number on the left side of the To Do item to open the Priority pick list Refer to To Do Show Options on page 16 8 if priority numbers are not visible HUE Tap here Tap to select New Details Show priority Hew Details Show 2 Tap the Priority number that you want to set for the To Do item 1 is most important and 5 is least important Note You can also change the Priority setting for a To Do item with the To Do Details screen described later in this chapter Checking Off a To Do Item The To Do List makes it easy to mark tasks as you complete them You can set the To Do List to record the date that you complete the To Do item and you can choose to show or hide complete To Do items Refer to To Do Show Options on page 16 8 To check off a To Do List item 1 Inthe To Do List select an entry and tap the Show button 2 Inthe To Do Preferences screen tap Show Completed Items 16 5 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide
85. 0 Series Product Reference Guide Expense TIOS I 8 3 APD Luce sabes doses ER FE A 7 Menu Commands Optioris MeN silo es 8 17 menu commands 8 15 Record menu 2 sace ees 8 16 CORNING sra 9 3 expense templates A 6 F File MESSageS sii xard exce deos 12 17 3 28 ore eT c Pn 9 8 USING rr ro Rare wee 9 8 WMA d MESSAGE iria 12 17 Finding Address Book entries 5 7 Finding information with 4 1 Full He aus 12 6 G Getting Help with your SPT 1700 Terminal 20 1 Giraffe lt a isconionncir e ERE bbs 19 6 EMI aa ds 268 12 8 16 4 Writing Capital Letters 3 12 Graffiti Help pon STORE Lua deter ekque aware 14 6 aio NN 1 20 2 25 9 21 14 3 H HotSync 12 3 12 5 12 21 14 6 20 7 21 4 CDPD wireless 9 20 conducting a local operation 9 9 conducting wireless operations 9 18 CONQUI S Laser sachets 9 12 OUSEDITWZIRO store sde ses 9 12 customizing application settings 9 12 Ethernet cradle osos 9 22 installing NetSync 9 22 features oa 9 3 A A est 4 9 8 Index 4 GSM Wireless sous 9 21 HotSync Manager 9 3 A eerarendenweedean 9 9 A TIIt ET o m 9 14 modem conduit setup 9 16 modem settings 9 11 ODIOS uui cedo asar 9 0 performing for first time 9 3 preparing your computer for modem 9 14 purging deleted messages 12 18 Setting up for wirele
86. 1 00 End Time 3 m 4 i 5 2 00 6 3 00 ri ane AI Day l m 9 al 10 Cox emer 1 Tap the time columns on the right side of the Set Time screen to set the Start Time Start Time Tap to scroll to highlighted earlier hours Set Time Start Tira 9 00 am S 5 Tap to change hours Tap to change Tap to set an all minutes day meeting Tap to scroll to later hours 1 2 3 4 5 6 T amp 8 9 1 timed event into an untimed event Tap the End Time box and then tap the time columns to set the End Time Tap the OK button to confirm your selection and close the Set Time screen Tap a blank area of the screen to de select the event A vertical line displays next to the time indicating the duration of the event SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide To schedule a timed event for another day 1 Select the date you want for the event by doing one of the following Tap the day of the week that you want in the Date Bar at the top of the Date Book screen If necessary tap the Previous week or Next week scroll bars to move to another week Previous Next week Tapto select the day of the current week Tapthe Go To button to open the Go to Date screen Select a date by tapping a year month and day in the calendar Previous year Next year Go to Date Mar Ene Jun Tap to scroll to Sep earlier hours Tap to scroll to earlier hours 8 12 13 MED is 16 17 18 19 20
87. 16 3 Wokna vel Poe MIS ria ii de ES Jd PES 16 4 Seng Priority TODOS ise eo EP onions shear dhe RACER ERI nues os 16 4 Checking OI a To Do lle iis oascbbes cede dona AAA 16 5 Ta Dolls Detalls xesehe oe E HERE REOR RUNE tante dead et bips 16 6 ea la o 2 ick idolo ober ede pneu REPRE RP RwEBRd wi maires 16 7 Seimo a Due Dalbe 2 x eo eo qu eb CRUS FEY SE SO ER S d qs 16 7 Marking a To Da tem PIE uma dax a ooi io Robins ideo add oe da ee de cedes 16 8 pakinga TS DOSE sete tubes danses Rupe Rd RE ra 16 8 To Do Show ODDS Sra dede WE P da E ER PASSE ERR Ed E A RR ER RE dE 16 8 TO Do List MO e o dd ob Beek a beta pied Aa ob o oda dp cR aye ANR A cou ACE 16 10 Record MEDU a ee ee ei 16 10 CIBUS BAN td der eos dp b ace ARR CR deck ER RAR hak d chk Us cfe 16 11 16 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Applications To Do List Introduction The To Do List is a convenient place to create reminders and prioritize the activities that you have to do With the To Do List you can Make a quick and convenient list of things to do Assign a priority level to each task Assign a due date for any or all of your To Do items Assign a category for any or all of your To Do items You can then view your To Do List based on category Business Personal etc Sort your To Do items by due date priority level or category Attach notes to individual To Do items for a description or clarification of the task Opening the To Do List
88. 17 7 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 The Receiving Demo Screen displays Receiving Demo Item Code scan Quantity w Please Sign Here Item Code Contains the data for an item code once it is scanned A one or two dimensional bar code can be scanned to fill this field Quantity This drop down menu allows you to select the appropriate quantity Location Contains the location data for a location bar code once it is scanned You can also use Graffiti to enter the location data in this field Only one dimensional bar codes can be used to fill this field Please Sign Here Sign your name here using the stylus To submit the collected data tap the Submit option When the submission is complete the fields clear and you can continue collecting data Scanning 2 Dimensional Bar Codes Some models of the SPT 1700 perform 2 Dimensional bar code scanning To scan a 2 dimensional PDF 417 bar code 1 Aim the scanner at the PDF bar code and press the trigger 2 Hold the trigger down and keep the scan line parallel to the rows of the symbol 3 Manually raster the scan line by slowly moving the scanner up and down so it scans the entire bar code at a rate of one inch per second 17 8 Applications Laser Scanner When PDF Decode Feedback is enabled a clicking noise lets you know the bar code is being decoded If this parameter is enabled but there s no clicking noise when you re scanning the bar cod
89. 1700 Series Product Reference Guide If you have checked all of these things and are still experiencing problems decoding your bar codes please contact Symbol Technologies Technical Support Center Refer to Symbol Support Centers on page xix for contact information Battery Implications While Using the Laser Scanner If your battery becomes low while the scanning application is active the scanning application deactivates and you receive the message Battery Low Error The remaining desktop applications continue to work until you receive further low battery warnings You should perform a HotSync at this point to avoid data loss If you attempt to scan when your battery is low you receive the message Your battery level is too low for scanning Recharge the battery and attempt scanning again 17 10 Za Chapter 18 Applications GsmDemo Chapter Contents GAUE O RTRERS EE ik Reds De HRSA AAA 177 1 7 2172 12 01 0120 0 Using ASMDSMOS s ooa questa ioc Ew ROUES Tag RR EVE po ose Plc D ood dedo dead WORKING with Text MESSAGES porra a PE RR YI Res tasmbDemo Menu Commands 424g aas esentutl seeds set es See ed coegi AT ET e DDR ETT RETE TT TL TTL Hep IIa 3e xe RR ER RERO RR G PERRO ORE PERI ERREUR HER GRE dar ent 18 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Applications GsmDemo Introduction GsmDemo allows you to explore what features GSM and the SPT 1734 terminal offer you including sending and receiving
90. 21 I d lona sigras denia rides 11 22 Applications AvantGo Client and Mobile Link Introduction The AvantGo Client is used to view channels which are sets of related Web pages Mobile Link helps the SPT 173x terminal communicate with Web based information on a network when it is synchronized Your system administrator defines and provides most channels for you although you may define your own personal channels as well Note AvantGo Client and Mobile Link are available on SPT 173x terminals only AvantGo Client To open AvantGo Client 1 Tapthe Q icon to open the Applications Launcher 2 Tapthe amp icon The main screen displays PERSONRL CHRNNELS Enterprise Sales P i ices Department The Wall Street Journal Corporate Dashboard Trowel Itinerary manage forms change remove channels Navigating in AvantGo Client Like other Web browsers AvantGo Client navigation tools allow you to go back forward Open a Page Reload a Page and go Home SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Icon Descriptions Open Page Icon Enables online browsing Tap to navigate to a URL you want to view FE Reload Page Icon Tap to clear form data reload the contents of your subscribed channels or reload a specific page in a channel Backward and Tap for backward and forward navigation Forward 41 Home Tap to navigate to your home page t Using the Channel Mana
91. 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Tap to select current date Press the scroll button on the front panel of the SPT 1700 terminal to scroll to another day Press the upper half of the button to move to the previous day or the lower half to move to the next day 2 After you locate the date follow the steps described in the previous section To schedule a timed event for the current day Note You can also add Address Book information to an event using the Phone lookup option Refer to Using Phone Lookup on page 4 4 for details 7 6 Applications Date Book To schedule an untimed event 1 Selectthe date that you want for the event as described in the previous section To schedule a timed event for another day 2 Tap Newto open the Set Time screen Set Time Start Time Ld End Time C 3 Tap OK so that no start or end times are defined for the new event Note You can also create a new untimed event by making sure no event is selected then writing letters in the Graffiti writing area 4 Enter a description for the event which displays at the top of the Date Book screen AER 45 ATIF New Apr 15 93 ir ATFs 8 00 untimed e M 9 00 event 8 00 10 00 9 00 11 00 10 00 12 00 11 00 7 1 00 12 00 2 00 1 00 7 2 00 No time 3 00 selected 400 5 00 5 Tap a blank area on the screen to de select the untimed event 7 7 A SPT 1700 Series Product R
92. 4 Tue Jul 27 gt 10 00 Dentist 1 30 Marketing Meeting 3 00 Assign tasks to new emps 6 00 Dinner we Torn w All O 1 Pick up Jane s skates Agenda View button Tips for Using Agenda View Tap any appointment while in Agenda view to display the Day View of the appointment e Check off completed To Do List items in the Agenda view or click a description of an item to go directly into the To Do List application 7 16 Applications Date Book Date Book Menu Commands The Date Book includes menu commands to perform common file and editing tasks This section explains the menu commands that are specific to the Date Book Refer to Using Menus on page 3 20 for information about menu commands common to all of your SPT 1700 terminal applications Record Menu When you select the Record menu its commands display on screen Record New Event YN Delete Event zD Attach Note YA Delete Note Y O Purge Beam Event New Event Creates an event and opens the Set Time screen where you can choose start and end times for the new event If you do not enter start and end times it creates a blank untimed event Delete Event Opens an alert screen prompting you to confirm that you want to delete the current event You must tap an event before you use the Delete Event command Tap the OK button to delete the event from your SPT 1700 terminal or tap the Cancel button to close the alert screen and keep the event
93. 6121 408 772 1900 Abrams Liz Adams Ben Beckman Rachel Bertolli Marcus Bruce Jeremy Butler Richard Cain Cathy Carpenter Joan Carter Melanie Chu Byron Conner Sandy Look Up 510 532 0746 W 213 422 1363 W 408 459 1279 516 626 1424W 650 235 6222W 718 824 1548 W 212 395 6277 W 213 343 9801 301 933 6833 W Beckman Rachel Bertolli Marcus Bruce Jeremy Butler Richard Cain Cathy Carpenter Joan Carter Melanie Chu Byron Conner Sandy Look Up 516 626 1424 650 235 6222 W 718 824 1548 W 212 395 6277 W 213 343 9801 W 301 933 6833 W 3 25 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 Tapthe category of entries that you want to view The List screen changes to show only the records filed in that selected category 3 Repeat the previous steps and tap All in the category pick list to restore the list of all Address Book entries Tip Pressing the application button on the front panel of the SPT 1700 terminal toggles through the available categories Defining a New Category Your SPT 1700 terminal comes with two default categories Business and Personal In addition the Address Book contains the QuickList category designed as a quick reference of commonly used names addresses and phone numbers such as doctor lawyer etc You can change the names of these default categories or add new categories to suit your needs You can define up to 15 categories for each appl
94. 700 terminal and Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop either directly with a cable or cradle or indirectly with a modem or network With HotSync technology you can e Synchronize the data entries on your SPT 1700 terminal with the entries on your host system and vice versa Manage individual or multiple SPT 1700 terminals with a centralized computer Keep your data safe by automatically creating backup copies each time you synchronize The HotSync Process and the HotSync Manager The HotSync process automatically synchronizes data between your SPT 1700 terminal and Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Changes you make on your SPT 1700 terminal or Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop display in both places after a HotSync operation HotSync technology synchronizes only the needed portions of files thus reducing synchronization time You can synchronize your data by connecting your SPT 1700 terminal directly to your computer with either the single or four slot serial cradle or Synchronization Charging Cable or indirectly with a modem or network The HotSync Manager oversees the synchronization process It runs in the background and monitors a communications port on your computer for a HotSync command from an SPT 1700 terminal When it hears a HotSync command HotSync Manager synchronizes data in the Date Book Address Book To Do List Memo Pad Mail and Expense applications even when the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop is not running Once you comp
95. 9 14 modem conduit setup 9 16 Month Date Book VIEW ivorirrori oi 7 15 N Network PASSWOR sas voa ri 14 15 primary DNS ss sousresvenpen 14 22 sl m 14 13 Network Setup iccrrccirorrcrr hh 2 1 Configuring CDPD WAN 2 8 Setup Wizard 122 usc kk nares 2 8 Configuring GSM WAN 225 Configuring Spectrum24 2 3 New Address Book entry 5 4 Non ASCII Characters for Login Scripts B 1 notational conventions xvii Index O Options msssage NSE cioaesceoiezed ces 12 19 Owner Preferences 14 28 P Palm Desktop customizing HotSync 9 12 HotSync GOONS s suseesesesres 9 9 synchronization sv mr Re 9 3 system requirements 1 24 Performing a CDPD HotSync 9 20 Performing a GSM HotSync 9 21 Performing a Spectrum24 HotSync 9 19 Phone Numbers Choosing YPE corra 5 7 Power Off pen stoke Lusso dq cuca da E 14 6 Preferences ODE iii 14 3 Preparing for a Modem HotSync Operation 9 14 Printing Expense TODO s sire e REEL 8 10 expense reports 8 11 Printing an Expense Report 8 10 Private VENISE no moin de demeure 7 12 Q CAMPO PUR 1204 3 9 90 E30 LA ded sd A 14 R Records Address BOOK 2icisailu asa aea 5 4 SAMI RS pr EE 5 11 Removing POPNICAHONG siria dis 19 7 Date Book events 7 12 Repeat FURCION score o 7 11 Index 5
96. ATURES BANQUET MEALS Employee Date BUSINESS MEALS ENTERTAINMENT SUPPLIES Supervizor Manager Date A OTHER EXPENSES Bnd Manager required PLACE LOCATION DATE Name en Business purpose AMOUNT BM Date DEPT acc PROJECTE AMOUNT TOTAL AMOUNT ke mi Samples ET ny Modifying and Creating Expense Templates This section assumes that you are familiar with Microsoft Excel or a similar spreadsheet application If you are not familiar with Microsoft Excel consult your company s Information Services department or an experienced user About Mapping Tables Before creating or modifying an Expense template it s important to understand the function of Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop s Expense application In simple terms the Expense application is designed to move Expense data from your SPT 1700 terminal into a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet A 5 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Each Expense item stored in your SPT 1700 terminal represents a group of related data The following data can be associated with an expense item e Category e Payment Currency Date Vendor Expense Type e City Amount Attendees Payment Method Note When you perform a HotSync operation between your SPT 1700 terminal and the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop on your computer the Expense data is stored on your computer in the Expense txt file When you open the Expense application in Symbol Pal
97. Ale D deer aaa dod iod dede oia a PRSSWOD c i ondib ada edad dete ear Heel bu ed quedo ded Piles Hiong Private EINES socorrer Showing Private ENTES LI sposa IAEA Masia Pri LE LE OR poe AREE OS As Locking Your SPT 1700 Tela qoas cepa sien da y S e we Changing er Deleting a Passware iussa ea Er Rt Rea du P RUE ERRORI E 2s Recovering trama Lost Password iu soc cave hone fence pP de pee RE EE GER 15 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Applications Security Introduction Your SPT 1700 terminal comes with a Security application so that unauthorized users cannot view the entries you wish to protect With the Security application you can e Hide record entries you mark as Private You can hide private entries with or without a password Without a password private entries are hidden until you set the Security application to show them With a password you must enter the password to view the private entries Turn off and lock your SPT 1700 terminal so that it does not operate until you enter the correct password To open the Security application 1 Tapthe Q icon to open the Applications Launcher 2 Tapthe Q icon to display the Security screen Assigning a Password You can assign a password to protect your private entries and to lock your SPT 1700 terminal To assign a password 1 Select the Security icon then tap the Password box to open the Password screen Security j Current Priv
98. Client To check this tap the icon and search for the Mobile Link application You don t have Mobile Link installed on your desktop If you connect to AvantGo Server through a HotSync operation you must have Mobile Link both on the device and on your desktop computer Go to your desktop computer and look in Start Programs AvantGo for an application named Mobile Link If this option exists you probably have Mobile Link installed If you do not have Mobile Link installed refer to Using the Mobile Link Application on Your SPT 173x Terminal on page 11 18 Chapter 12 Applications Mail Chapter Contents MI po atascada dedos 12 3 setting Up Mall oni the Desklop uua ceri did ered ee Y Rare ra REN SERRE RHR 12 3 Synchronizing Mail with Your E Mail Application 12 5 Opening Mall on Your SPT 1700 Terminal isses eben eee ee Renee RR RR 12 5 MMR CT Messages Ss nissan PER P CEPI MEE FIERI EPIIT NDS 12 5 Message FOIS corria RR RR eR RR P HeRERHPRHRRECERI e ERE Y EE SIRES ETRE PS 12 6 Displaying Full Header Inf imations is enr red EO EO A WIRE TR erg eth ERR ERR S 12 6 Creating Messages vs conchae ee ade esa Vp PREVEDE CP RANK EIN YE CO d XR es 12 7 Looking bai AOS mio o dob coros io CURE Re RUE EROR dc diua dae o Edd Pon 12 10 Adding Message DEMIS isa x4 dae irradia BO da AAA 12 11 sean a PROUD ss aides uma Cdp bt e A dd Ced dod dab 12 12 Sending Bind Cabon COPY 15 42d pad che eph a E b b Ro e rp o
99. Decode decode not be set correctly in the is set checked in Hardware Setup General Preferences screen in the Scan Demo Application Refer to General Preferences on page 14 10 for more information SPT 1700 terminal Your SPT 1700 terminal is Check the Auto off after setting in turns itself off designed to turn itself off after a the General Preferences screen period of inactivity This period and change the setting if you need can be set at one minute two alonger delay before the automatic minutes or three minutes shutoff feature activates Refer to General Preferences on page 14 10 for more information 20 10 Getting Help With Your SPT 1700 Terminal Problem Cause s Solution SPT 1700 terminal doesn t recognize my handwriting You need to use the Graffiti character strokes for your SPT 1700 terminal to recognize handwriting input with the stylus You are making the Graffiti character strokes in the display part of the screen not on the Graffiti writing area You are writing the strokes for letters in the left hand side and the strokes for numbers in the right hand side of the Graffiti writing area Refer to Writing Graffiti with the Stylus on page 3 6 for information about how to write Graffiti character strokes Make the Graffiti character strokes in the Graffiti writing area Write the strokes on the proper side of the Graffiti writing area Tapping the screen bu
100. Guide Memo Pad Tips If you cannot manually arrange the order of the memos in the List screen check the Memo Preferences setting Make sure that Sort by is set to Manual If you choose to view your memos alphabetically on Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop and then perform a HotSync operation the memos on your SPT 1700 terminal still appear in the order defined in the Memo Preferences setting In other words the sort settings that you use with Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop are nottransferred to your SPT 1700 terminal Date Book Tips In the Week View you cannot select overlapping events that have the same start time If you have two or more events with the same start time choose the Day View for the particular day to see the overlapping events 20 14 Getting Help With Your SPT 1700 Terminal Technical Support Service and Repair If you have a problem using your SPT 1700 terminal make sure you have reviewed the following The Troubleshooting section earlier in this chapter The README file and Help Notes located in the folder where you installed the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software on your computer or on your installation CD e The Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software Online Help For further assistance contact your regional technical support office by e mail phone or fax Before requesting support experiment a bit to reproduce and isolate the problem When you do contact support be ready to provide the following inf
101. Guide xvi Chapter 12 Applications Mail describes the Mail application which enables you to manage your e mail while away from your desk Chapter 13 Applications Memo Pad explains the Memo Pad application which provides a place to take notes not associated with Date Book Address Book or To Do items Chapter 14 Applications Preferences describes the Preferences screens which enable you to customize the configuration options on your SPT 1700 terminal Included in this chapter are instructions on configuring your SPT 1700 terminal for use in the Spectrum24 CDPD and GSM environments Chapter 15 Applications Security covers the security options available for protecting your SPT 1700 from unauthorized users Chapter 16 Applications To Do List describes the To Do List application which is a convenient place to create reminders and prioritize the things that you have to do Chapter 17 Applications Laser Scanner covers laser scanner applications and the proper methods for scanning 1 and 2 dimensional bar codes Chapter 18 Applications GsmDemo allows you to explore what features GSM and the SPT 1734 terminal offer you including sending and receiving SMS messages Chapter 19 nstalling and Removing Applications explains how to install and remove applications on your SPT 1700 terminal and how to remove the Symbol Palm Terminal SPT Desktop software from your computer Chapter 20 Getting Help With Your SPT 1700 Ter
102. LMET forbidden Diagnostic information Ubinetics Modern Driver Version 1 2 4 Manufacturer Ubinetics Ltd Model Sbc200 Revision revision Serial no 02 GDc200 0100762 18 9 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Z 5 Select the network you want to switch to and tap the Switch To button If the network you attempt to switch to is forbidden the following error displays ea Failed to set operator network not allowed The Diagnostic information displays modem driver version manufacturer model revision and serial number depending upon the modem s registration status 18 10 Applications GsmDemo GsmDemo Menu Commands This section explains the menu commands specific to GsmDemo that make it fast and easy to perform tasks Options Menu The Options menu can be selected from all screens When you select Options its commands display on the screen Ene 7 Set Service Centre Tap to enter the Service Center phone number 1 Youmay need to change the service centre phone number if it is missing its phone number has changed or you wish to choose an alternate service center 2 Tap Set Service Centre The following screen appears Change Service Centre Enter new Service Centre number 4433 Note f your modem is not registered you will receive a Modem not registered error and will be unable to proceed 3 Enter the new Service Centre Number and click OK 18 11
103. PL SPI WASI SPNI PwrProd RegErr Link Area color code being transmitted by the CDPD system The current channel During the SEARCH phase this value may change according to the channel that is being attempted Once a channel has been ACQ D this should remain relatively constant CDPD Base Station identifier number A measurement of the error rate on the forward channel detected by the modem Display of the current Side given the A B side distribution of the CDPD channels The current Power Level value at which transmission will take place The current CDPD Base Station Service Provider Identifier The current CDPD Base Station Wide Area Service Identifier The current CDPD Base Station Service Provider Network Identifier The Power Product value transmitted by the current CDPD system A numeric value representing the last registration error encountered A value of 1 7 indicates an error a value of 0 indicates no error and a value of 255 indicates no registration attempt was made Identifies the current CDPD communication link state Can be Locked or Searching IP is the IP address of the unit EID is the Equipment ID of the unit 2 21 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide S Terminal Screen The Terminal provides an internal terminal emulator for communication with the modem allowing users to further customize the operation of their modem based on the AT command set Terminal To begin
104. PT 174x terminal requires a unique internet address IP address This address can be administered and entered manually through the terminal or administered and allocated by a server on the network using DHCP Note The default value for this field is Use DHCP Use this option if you want the IP address to be dynamically selected by the DHCP server 2 4 Network Setup a To manually enter the IP address information for this terminal deselect Use DHCP and tap Settings The IP Settings screen displays WP Ssettings b Enter the IP address Subnet mask and Gateway address for this terminal Tap each field to display a keypad for selection of the address information Each part of the four part address must be in the range of 0 255 numbers are the only allowable characters in these fields Ask your Internet Service Provider or your System Administrator for the correct IP Subnet and Gateway information c Tap Done to exit the Keypad d Tap OK to save the information and return to the Spectrum24 Preferences screen To enable DNS tap the Enable DNS box A Details button is added to the screen Note Many systems do not require a DNS If you are not sure leave the DNS fields blank a Tap Details to display the Details screen Host Mame L Domain Marne Primary DMS Secondary DMS l mm esses Enter the Host and Domain Names If you need more space to enter name information tap the a
105. RO A T C A EUR d 12 12 Adding a Signature to Your Message 12 13 Send MESS Lan ca sis an aa Maid Lie eho Dodo odo soie db Roe mean RO c 12 14 Editing an Unsent Message iisesse esu RR Rp ER X RERX RES REREYW ERE YO 12 15 Dra Messages soil raped SPP p ERI IA ESOXREOTE DG SR p e a RAS 12 16 Filia Message a rr Cere e RC xe RR UR eK Rr d OEE RE ORE a eR ES 12 17 Desa Messages A ER RDUM Sp EG d TR 12 17 Restoring a Message From the Deleted Folder 12 18 Purging Deleted Messages ioirosezesspR Rr ERA NER P PER RR RAC E RARE ERSTE 12 18 Message Uist OptiOne ss mr eRRRR RE EXT ETEIQUERRUPOHPCPCREREFEA ds 12 19 A demie ee dore eR ed qq PIG GRE Kd d Ed Rd d xdi 12 19 PAS COOL eee edite dec odo dal ce oto dee dix dol d ACER de RE rib df de did s cre ee Are 12 20 Soring ihe Message LIST 24 2 8x8 wedi eeee bev x Ren RE REOR dans dattes be 12 20 PIS su sauna kd aient Ae Rd o dide eO d e p he Ce c C 12 21 Creating Special PINGS uada eec doped oec dh dtes depre eur RR E Cu dd dead 12 22 12 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Beth Filter SMS acercara dre RR RANA 12 24 i xdi MOSCAS T na da aies ea e id wA 12 26 Tuna Messag TTE 12 26 MSM Monu CRAN aia pedi iba dra Eoo lade a Rede ERA de C3 4 e db AAA 12 28 Message A deed ti gdede Sight mde sesh QPPL REL DS 12 28 DIEI BIB cc Shee SHA SORRELL AAA VERS Sd EE PEZ 12 29 12 2 Applications Mail Introduction The Mail a
106. S 15 7 Recovenng roma Lost Password 2s sees mr e RR RR RARE UNERERGG TE b 15 8 Chapter 16 Applications To Do List ROM acad ace ob acl Bele bap Dc ded dica c nt oui a Eie A oue dO e de re ee ee ab dc 16 3 Cpeningihe TG Do lh cocoa dab Red HORREA UR ERR RR ERR AER bin D s 16 3 Working Wii TS A Sd ee od kek danei Ga Khe Awe AERA LESSS 16 4 Setting Pronty Optional ss sise xe RR C RERO X EP ep V e ends y 16 4 eos a E 2 ug ie S Sand ded Saa eee quaee qq E ee pape gama 16 5 Te Do ltem D tails ss rior pis 16 6 Choosmo a Ta DO Calegoiy ss sue adea c ood queat ed gd be do a ndis ddr 16 7 Sein a Due Dale ocre PORE Weder edu p x P raser der de 16 7 Contents EM LU M NE MEN ER ae dr 16 8 Ooilns Menu DR duced as EN A xd tcs T RE 16 11 Chapter 17 Applications Laser Scanner Chapter 20 Getting Help With Your SPT 1700 Terminal llar m on xi SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide SPT 1700 Disan stios DV crisis rdc dae Red EUR RA E oe dne 20 4 AA doped eod oer ded d arcte dca e Ro teens dead 20 5 Bar Code Scanner ToS cic esr donde ree eR Piece es dessus gap eR a ddp 20 6 sena ORE DOE ua cach o ok ar ih ANA d Re Db od AOI Re AA Ab Cac b ed RA QA d 20 7 Digitizer Alignment Teske areyre t ved iaa ed REG ped 20 8 System Diagnostics Tesi sur os cepa AAA 20 8 Tygublesh oO aue donnee eic hah See ad AAA 20 9 Technical Support Service and Rep cesa erre 20 15 Tecnica BUDDOH as See nanas X RR AAA E Wd AA 20 15 C
107. SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Customizing the Currency Pick List You can select the currencies and symbols that display in the Currency pick list To customize the Currency pick list 1 Tapthe Currency pick list in the Receipt Details screen then tap the Edit Currencies selection to open the Select Currencies screen Receipt Details Select Currencies Select the currencies that display in currency list Currency 1 w United States Category w Unfiled Type Lunch Payment w Unfiled Currency Bj Vendor Currency 3 United Kingdom E e mea s rame Attendees Edit currencies currencies urrency 5 w None City Currency 2 w EU Euro 2 Tap each Currency pick list to choose the country whose currency you want to display on that line 3 Tap the OK button to close the Select Currencies screen and activate your selections Note f the currency you want to use is not in the list of countries create your own custom country and currency symbol Refer to Options Menu on page 8 17 for details 8 8 Applications Expense Show Options The Show Options define the sort order and other settings that relate to your expense items To open the Show Options screen 1 Tapthe Show button in the Expense List to open the Show Options screen 4 14 Taxi 4 14 Lunch S Show Options 1 4 14 Hotel 4 14 Car Rental Sort by v Date Distance Miles V Show
108. SPT 1700 terminal is equipped with an IR infrared port that can beam information to other compatible printers and terminals The IR port is located on the back of the terminal Refer to Parts of the SPT 1700 on page 1 4 for the exact location of the IR port Note f you are using a device other than an SPT 1700 terminal confirm that your device includes the required infrared hardware before you use this feature You can beam the following information between SPT 1700 terminals The current Address Book Date Book To Do List or Memo Pad entry All the Address Book To Do List or Memo Pad entries in the current category A special Address Book entry which you designate as a business card refer to Beaming Address Entries to Other SPT 1700 Terminals on page 5 10 for details e An application installed in RAM memory 3 30 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal To beam information PINS 5 Locate the entry category business card or application you want to beam Tap the icon Tap the Beam command from the Record menu to open the Beam Status screen Point the IR port directly at the IR port of the receiving SPT 1700 terminal Tip SPT 1700 terminals transmit data at varying distances up to three ft depending on lighting conditions when IR is activated For best results the IR windows should be aligned and clear of obstacles Wait for the Beam Status screen to indicate that the tra
109. Select Hide Records from the Current Privacy pick list If you did not assign a password your Private entries should be visible If you assigned a password the Show Private Records screen displays Security o Current Privacy w Show Records Password Enter a password L 2 If you assign a password you must enter it to show private records Lock amp Turn Off 2 Enter your password 3 Tap the Show box to close the Show Private Records screen and display Private entries in your SPT 1700 terminal applications Masking Private Entries When a private record is masked a visual placeholder appears where a record would normally be displayed To mask private entries 1 Ensure that the record or records you want to mask are defined as Private To make a record private select the record tap Edit Details and then Private 2 Select the Security icon 3 Tap Mask Records from the Current Privacy pick list Return to the application Messages marked as Private are masked with a gray bar 15 5 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Locking Your SPT 1700 Terminal You can also lock your SPT 1700 terminal so that you need to enter your password to operate it Important If you lock your SPT 1700 terminal as described in the following procedure you need to enter the exact password to re activate your SPT 1700 terminal If you forget the password you must perform a hard res
110. Spectrum24 Driver Extensions Library Developer s Guide p n 70 38524 xx Service Information If you have a problem with the SPT 1700 equipment contact the Symbol Support Center If your problem cannot be resolved over the phone you may need to return your equipment for servicing If that is necessary you will be given special directions Note Symbol Technologies is not responsible for any damages incurred during shipment if the approved shipping container is not used Shipping the units improperly can possibly void the warranty If the original shipping container has not been kept contact Symbol to have another sent to you xviii Symbol Support Centers About This Guide For service information warranty information or technical assistance contact or call the Symbol Support Center in United States Symbol Technologies Inc One Symbol Plaza Holtsville New York 11742 1300 1 800 659 2240 United Kingdom Symbol Technologies Symbol Place Winnersh Triangle Berkshire RG41 5TP United Kingdom 0800 328 2424 Inside UK 44 208 945 7529 Outside UK Australia Symbol Technologies Pty Lid 432 St Kilda Road Melbourne Victoria 3004 1 800 672 906 Inside Australia 61 3 9866 6044 Outside Australia Denmark Symbol Technologies AS Gydevang 2 DK 3450 Allerod Denmark 7020 1718 Inside Denmark 45 7020 1718 Outside Denmark Canada Symbol Technologies Canada Inc 2540 Matheson Boulevard East Mississauga O
111. Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop SoItWal e 5 242 E eR Ep RR TERRE RESET ERE ERU 1 23 System Reglremenhle sk 9 2149 DOPO ee asie ee NEN ERREUR d p 1 24 Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Software Installation 1 24 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 1 2 Getting Started with the SPT 1700 Introduction This chapter explains the physical buttons and controls on your SPT 1700 terminal how to install and charge the battery start your SPT 1700 Series terminal for the first time set up your cradle and install your Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software Unpacking the Terminal Carefully remove all protective material from around the terminal and save the shipping container for later storage and shipping Verify that you received all equipment listed on the packing slip and inspect the equipment for damage If any equipment is missing or damaged contact the Symbol Technologies Support Center immediately Refer to page xviii for contact information SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Parts of the SPT 1700 Front View Laser Decode LED WAN Antenna Center Scan Button SPT 1733 34 only Scroll Button 4 L Up and Down Scroll Button Right Scan Trigger Up and Down Graffiti Input Are LCD Screen 7716 Calculator Icon Applications Icon L IE ind Icon Menu Icon 669 DM sla Power Button ontrast Button Application Buttons Left View Left Scan Trigger O
112. T 1700 terminal To set the current date 1 Tap the Set Date box to open the Set Date screen 2 Tap the arrows at the top to select the current year SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Tap arrows to select year EIN Feb or Apr moy Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dect q Tap to select month 6 12 12 14 15 16 Tap to select date 19 20 21 22 23 26 27 28 29 30 3 Tapa month box to select the current month 4 Tapthe current date to close the Set Date screen and return to the General Preferences screen Note You do not need to adjust the other General Preference settings at this time Refer to General Preferences on page 14 10 for information about the remaining options Configuring the Spectrum24 Network SPT 174x only Before the SPT 174x can be used on the Spectrum24 wireless LAN your facility must be set up with the equipment required to run the wireless LAN and your terminal must be properly configured Refer to Chapter 2 Network Setup for instructions on configuring your terminal for use with Spectrum24 Configuring the Wide Area Network SPT 173x only Before the SPT 173X can be used on a WAN CDPD or GSM your terminal must be properly configured Refer to Chapter 2 Network Setup for instructions on configuring your terminal for use with a WAN 1 20 Getting Started with the SPT 1700 Using the SPT 1700 This section describes the procedures for the basic use of the SPT 1700 se
113. T 1700 terminal it must be configured for use with the CRD1700 4000E From the HotSync panel on your SPT 1700 select each of the option panels available from the Options menu accessed by tapping the Menu icon and configure them as follows 1 To configure Modem Sync Preferences 2 Tapthe icon to open the HotSync menus 3 Tap Modem Sync Preferences from the Options menu to display the Modem Sync Preferences screen 4 Select Network 5 Tap OK 6 To configure the Local Sync Preferences a Tap the icon to open the HotSync menus b Tap LANSync Preferences from the Options menu to display the LANSync Preferences screen c Select Local HotSync the CRD1700 4000E doesn t use LANSync functionality d Tap OK 9 22 Applications HotSync To configure the Primary PC Setup refer to the Setting Up for a Wireless HotSync on page 9 18 for details Note Primary PC Setup is extremely important It tells the terminal how to locate the machine which it will synchronize with on the network Tap the icon to open the HotSync menus and select Conduit Setup a Check any items that you want synchronized and uncheck any items that you don t want synchronized b Tap OK Tap the icon to open the HotSync menus and select Connection Setup a For optimal performance choose a communication rate of 57600 bps and a Standard modem b Tap Done Creating a CRD1700 4000E Modem Sync Service The SPT 1700 te
114. T 173x Terminal 11 18 Mobile Link Menu Commands iiis ases nr eR RHERER URERE RARE ee spas 11 21 A mi eds Aa RAS dpa dud bites 11 21 Captlors MENU iua dicia dote is ester dub goaie n d bd aded d qu did Rid edd 11 21 CUS ONG eth a quai dci bn di euo irai dco Po s P d o dedo we hig bea ard kb d REA A 11 22 Chapter 12 Applications Mail PEEING ef Los graece oponen E orbe ace asd e da dup mee os app Ed a IER RE BE Eb RR Emad 12 3 Setting Up Mail on the Desktop 2 420 seb eR eR RERO RR RE qp en battue 12 3 Synchronizing Mail with Your E Mail Application 12 5 Opening Mall on Your SPT 1700 TOMNA iiu xu ses sua cased dede eR eR Pe AAA 12 5 viewing MESJES iit ed bait eque qr pe dde Wd dde id e pde d qd is 12 5 Message FONS besa ee doa op ive dol ARRE ER ea ac 12 6 Displaying Full Asador InPortmidlloD uaa es due aceti de o ao con e fee 12 6 OREA MESPADES c ead priced aide 1 04A dp ac OR e ROLE e oU RE RATS AA dolce datos 12 7 Looking Up an Address ense see RR EROR sess SE n es een YEE ER Re 12 10 Adding Message Dells 2s us sa s ge nana e 12 11 SUI BUOY QC cm 12 12 Sending a Blind Carbon CODY ne sonde dunes seipesa es Rud bea aided alae 12 12 Adding a Signature to Your Message 12 13 Perdida MESSIS 2 2 52 ERO ed QUU ERI QU S TR E 12 14 ating an Unsent NOSSA xau aaadxad aad qoae goa o REOR AEn RR e pao LR da de dc de UR 12 15 Dan Moss a
115. a new custom mapping table T Open a copy of the Maptable xls file in Microsoft Excel Note This file is located in the same folder as the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop application Make a backup copy of this file before you make your modifications To map a new template scroll to the original template that you chose for your modifications the name of the template displays in column B of the Maptable xls file next to the cell highlighted in green that reads Template Name If you did not modify an existing template move to any table in the Maptable xls file Select all the rows associated with the template name and copy and paste them into a blank area of the Maptable xls file below the rows used for Sample4 xit and click on a row number to select a blank row File Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help 1 2 3 4 5 5 Template Name SAMPLE1 XLT 6 ROW 7 Fixed Label Variable Label by All 8 Day Date Expense Type Day Date Expense Type LOWS 9 Section1 X associated 10 with Z template are Template Name Els RES RO Day D Expense Type Day Date X 19 20 21 22 Template Name SAMPLE3 XLT 23 ROW 24 Fixed Label Variable Label by 25 Day Date Expense Type Day Date Expense Type 26 Main PREPAID X 27 Main X nif MapTable Criteria 7 Iai Ready Sum 1144 A copy of the rows is pasted i
116. a terminal session 1 Tapthe Online button Going online terminates any active network session and establishes a serial session to the modem The screen shows the data that is being received from the modem As data is received it is displayed line by line on the screen display Scroll bars automatically display when the amount of displayed data exceeds the physical size of the SPT 1733 terminal s total display area You can scroll back and forth through most of the previously displayed data There is a physical limitation on how much previous data can be scrolled and once this limitation is reached the oldest data will be overwritten so the screen buffer always maintains the last 2000 bytes of data from the modem 2 Tap Offline button to close the serial session 3 Tap Doneto terminate any serial session and re establish a network session returning you to the Quick Status screen 4 Tapthe Clear button to clear the current screen buffer At the bottom of the screen is a field for entry of an AT command There are a number of pre defined commands that are included in the Cmd pick list When you selection of any of these commands the modem will automatically send the command without the need to press Send button 2 22 Network Setup Ping Screen From this screen you can send a PING request to another network device whose network address you already know This is useful to verify network connectivity Please enter the IP a
117. acy w Hide Records Password Enter a password Tap here If you assign a password you must enter it to show private records Lock amp Turn Off 2 Enter the password that you want for your SPT 1700 terminal 3 Tapthe OK button to open a confirmation screen 15 3 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 4 4 Enter the same password a second time and tap the OK button to assign that password to your SPT 1700 terminal Hiding Private Entries You can hide the entries that you mark as private When hidden they are not visible anywhere in the list If you assign a password you must enter it to show entries you mark as private Note that your SPT 1700 terminal merely hides the entries it does not delete them To hide Private entries 1 Select Hide Records from the Current Privacy pick list The Hide Records screen displays ETT o Hide Records Li Current E Records marked Privacy T ohownerirds Private in the details Tap here dialog will be hidden and select Hide If a password is assigned you must Password F enter it to show private records Lock amp Turn Off Help 2 Tap Hide to hide entries you mark Private and to close the Hide Records screen Showing Private Entries After you hide Private entries you can use the Security application to display them again Applications Security To show Private entries 1
118. age List displays information Folders Your SPT 1700 terminal provides five different folders each pertaining to a particular mail category The Message List displays the messages in the folder you select Folders provide an efficient way to manage the mail you send and receive Tap the pick list in the upper right corner to open the following list of folders Inbox Outbox Deleted Filed Draft Contains the mail from your desktop e mail application Inbox minus any that you have excluded using filtering options Refer to Creating Special Filters on page 12 22 for details Contains the mail you created and sent on the SPT 1700 terminal since the last HotSync operation Contains the messages you deleted since the last HotSync operation Contains the messages you are storing on the SPT 1700 terminal Contains the messages you created using the SPT 1700 terminal but are not yet ready to send 12 19 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 Date Column The Date Column is optional in the Message List By default the Date Column is hidden to increase the available screen space To show the Date Column 1 Tapthe Show button in the Message List to open the Show Options screen ben adamsenetc Package sent Show Options 6 Sort by vw Date p V Show Date Tap Show 2 Select the Show Date check box to show the Date Column 3 Tap OKto close the Show Options screen and return to the Message L
119. alculated value or any number you enter by pressing the number buttons Pressing this button has no effect on the current calculation or series of calculations it merely places the value into memory until it is recalled 9 060 Recalls the stored value from memory and inserts it in the current calculation Removes any value stored in the Calculator memory O e Calculator Menu Commands The Calculator supports Copy and Paste commands You can use these commands to copy a value from the Calculator and paste it into another application on your SPT 1700 terminal Similarly you can copy values from other applications on your SPT 1700 terminal such as Expense and paste the values into the Calculator For additional information on the Copy and Paste commands refer to Using Menus on page 3 20 6 4 Applications Calculator Recent Calculations The Recent Calculations command enables you to review the last series of calculations and is particularly useful for confirming a series of chain calculations To display the Recent Calculations 1 Tapthe icon to open the Calculator menus 2 Tap Recent Calculations from the Options menu to display the Recent Calculations Screen Recent Calculations 86 666667 86 666667 3 When you finish reviewing the screen tap the OK button to close the Recent Calculations screen and return to the Calculator 6 5 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 6 6 Chap
120. ame of an Address Book category 1 Tap the category pick list in the upper right corner of the screen 3 27 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 2 Tapthe Edit Categories item to open the Edit Categories screen Edit Categories a 3 Tap the category that you want to rename then tap the Rename button to open another Edit Categories screen Edit Categories Enter anew category name 4 Enter the new name that you want to assign to the category and tap the OK button to close the Edit Categories screen 5 Tap the OK button to close the first Edit Categories screen and view the new name in the pick list Note You can merge two or more Categories by assigning them the same name For example if you change the name of the Personal category to the name Business all entries formerly in the Personal category display in the Business category 3 28 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal Attaching Notes SPT 1700 terminal applications except the Memo Pad enable you to attach a note to an entry note is anything that you want to write and can be up to several thousand characters long For example if you have an appointment in the Date Book application you could attach a note with directions to the location To attach a note to an entry 1 Display the entry where you want to add a note 2 Tapthe Details button to open the Details screen Note n the Address Book only the E
121. application the information in the Owner Preferences screen locks and cannot be changed In this case an Unlock button displays at the bottom of the screen To unlock the Owner Preferences screen 1 Tap the Unlock button in the Owner Preferences screen The Unlock Message screen displays 2 Enter the password that you defined in the Security application and tap the OK button ShortCuts Preferences The ShortCuts Preferences screen enables you to define abbreviations for entering text with Graffiti This section describes how to create edit and delete a shortcut For details on the use of ShortCuts refer to the Graffiti ShortCuts on page 3 16 Creating a ShortCut You can create a ShortCut for any words letters or numbers All ShortCuts you create display on the list in the ShortCut Preferences screen All the ShortCuts are available in any 14 29 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide of your SPT 1700 terminal applications and are backed up on your computer when you perform a HotSync operation To create a ShortCut 1 In the General Preferences screen tap tap Shortcuts in the pick list and tap New to open the ShortCut Entry screen Preferences w Shortcuts ShortCut Entry 1 ShortCut Name br Breakfast di Dinner ds Date Stamp dts Date and Time Stamp ShortCut Text lu Lunch me Meeting ts Time Stamp Tap New 2 On the ShortCut name line enter the lett
122. are creating or editing a message Font Preferences HotSync Options Options DEN Font Y F Preferences 4 HotSync Options YH About Mail Options Menu when viewing Message List Message Edit IATA Applications Mail Font Y F Preferences 4 HotSync Options YH Look Up L About Mail Options Menu when viewing a New Message Empties purges the contents of the Deleted folder Your SPT 1700 terminal stores deleted messages in the Deleted folder until you perform a HotSync operation Purging deleted messages frees up storage space on your SPT 1700 terminal before the next HotSync operation Note The Purge Deleted command displays an alert prompting you to confirm that you want to purge all messages from the Deleted folder If you tap Yes all deleted messages are purged from the memory of your SPT 1700 terminal Important Messages that you purge are deleted from your desktop e mail application during the next HotSync operation Enables you to adjust the size of the text on the screen This can make it easier to read the text or to fit more text in the display area Enables you to define a specific string of text as a signature and to select whether or not your SPT 1700 terminal displays an alert when you delete a message Opens a screen where you can select different ways to filter messages synchronized between your desktop e mail application and your SPT 1700 terminal You can create
123. ategory If a record is created while the All category is displayed it will be designated as Unfiled which means it does not belong to any particular category You can leave an entry as Unfiled or assign it to a category at any time Either way the entry is always available until you delete it The category you choose is used only for sorting and reviewing records and does not affect the actual contents of the record 3 24 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal Note The use of categories is optional You do not need to assign categories to use SPT 1700 terminal applications To assign a category to an entry 1 Tapa To Do item Memo Expense record or an Address Book entry 2 Tapthe Details button to open the Details screen for an Address Book entry you then tap the Edit button 3 Tap the Category pick list to display a list of available categories Address Entry Details Show in List w Work in Category Personal Private oic ist Unfiled 4 Tapthe category that you want to assign to the entry 5 Tapthe OK button to close the Details screen and activate your setting Using Categories in Lists After you assign categories to your entries you can easily display lists of your entries by category To use categories in a List screen 1 Tap the category pick list in the upper right corner of the List screen Tap here Rddress List Abrarns Liz Rdams Ben Rddress List 650 454
124. ault settings To use a new setting on an ongoing basis check the Set As Default box Clicking the Default button in the Custom dialog will revert to the new default settings 9 13 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 7 Repeat steps 2 through 6 to change conduit settings for other applications or for a different user name 8 Click the OK button to close the Change HotSync Action dialog and activate your settings Conducting a HotSync Operation via Modem You can use a modem to synchronize your SPT 1700 terminal when you are away from your computer Note You must first conduct an initial local HotSync operation using any ofthe SPT 1700 cradles before you perform a modem HotSync operation Refer to Conducting a Local HotSync Operation on page 9 9 for details To perform a HotSync operation via modem you need A modem connected to your computer A modem connected to your SPT 1700 terminal with a special modem cable The cradle is not used for a modem HotSync operation e The Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software configured for use with a modem as described in Selecting HotSync Setup Options on page 9 9 Preparing Your Computer for a Modem HotSync Operation There are several steps you must perform to prepare your computer for a modem HotSync operation Be sure to perform these steps before you leave your office so that your computer is ready to receive a call from your SPT 1700 terminal 9 14 Applicat
125. b ep e vdigret S que rd pad due tds Fosses ee Creating an Expense WEN cocidas Changing the Expense ltem Date iiie eir ose rr rr Entering Receipt Details ici ees cere eee red ead RR CRESCE RE HER EOS ht C RE ed Customizing ihe Current Pick WISE sued eeepc ek wad ag deg eden gee Show OONOIS cs paste coe che ae Shee KR RAP CIC aS VE CASON em qeu ed vp Transterring Your Data to Microsoft Excol i i 4404 sus mamans Rc ER my EEE PAU an Expense REGO Lanta ns toda ERG KR RAE Aa EE dE SR SAS RAE RUE E RBS Viewing your Expense Report in Microsoft Excel Usmo Expense Heporr Temples uias ds e dk ook ha be andere dra Reb de E dide s dac Expense Menu Commands sace ae nece to ace SGH ERA E e de PRO EROR KOREA HR A FO MON aaa de Bolt ata Enid pa ded a air da RE ERR A Opio ME me P AAA AAA AAA a ke 8 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 8 2 Applications Expense Introduction The Expense application enables you to keep track of your expenses and then transfer the information to a spreadsheet on your computer With the Expense application you can Record dates type of expenses amount spent payment method and other details associated with any money that you spend Create categories for expenses such as business and personal associated with a range of dates Keep track of vendors companies and people involved with particular expenses e Log miles traveled for a particular date
126. bar on the right hand side of the screen 20 8 Getting Help With Your SPT 1700 Terminal Troubleshooting If you encounter a problem with your SPT 1700 terminal look in this section for the description that most closely matches the symptoms you observe and try the suggestions listed Important For troubleshooting tips not included in this handbook refer to either the README TXT file or the Help Notes file located in the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop directory These files are also on the installation CD ROM Problem Installation Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop installation program incorrectly detects that a modem is attached to one of your serial ports Cause s Solution Do not place your SPT 1700 terminal in the cradle while installing the software Serial Cradle LEDs do not light when the cradle is plugged in Cradle is not receiving power Make sure the power supply is securely connected and receiving power LED does not light when the terminal is inserted Terminal is not seated firmly in the cradle Replace the terminal in the cradle Attempt by the cradle to HotSync the terminal failed Terminal was removed from the cradle while the LED was blinking green Terminal s battery is dead Active Error dialog box on terminal Replace the terminal in the cradle This allows the cradle to attempt another HotSync Recharge the battery Error dialog box must be cl
127. bished parts at its discretion and will own all parts removed from repaired products Customer will pay for the replacement product in case it does not return the replaced product to Symbol within 3 days of receipt of the replacement product The process for return and customer s charges will be in accordance with Symbol s Exchange Policy in effect at the time of the exchange Customer accepts full responsibility for its software and data including the appropriate backup thereof Repair or replacement of a product during warranty will not extend the original warranty term Symbol s Customer Service organization offers an array of service plans such as on site depot or phone support that can be implemented to meet customer s special operational requirements and are available at a substantial discount during warranty period General Except for the warranties stated above Symbol disclaims all warranties express or implied on products furnished hereunder including without limitation implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose The stated express warranties are in lieu of all obligations or liabilities on part of Symbol for damages including without limitation special indirect or consequential damages arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of the product Seller s liability for damages to buyer or others resulting from the use of any product shall in no way exceed the purchase price of said p
128. cations Service Menu When you select the Service menu its commands display on screen ENS Duplicate L New Creates a new empty service template and adds it to the Service pick list Delete Deletes a selected service template from the Service pick list Duplicate Copies the selected service template and adds it to the Service pick list Options Menu When you select the Options menu its command displays on screen Options MN Viewlog YY View Log Displays the Network Log screen 14 27 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide TCP IP Troubleshooting If you are having a problem establishing a network connection using the Desktop TCP IP check this section and try the suggestions listed Displaying Expanded Service Connection Progress Messages It s helpful to identify at what point in the login procedure the connection fails An easy way to do this is to display the expanded Service Connection Progress messages which describe the current stage of the login procedure To display the expanded Service Connection Progress messages 1 From the Network Preferences screen tap Connect 2 During login press the lower half of the scroll button to display the messages Viewing the Network Log If viewing the expanded Service Connection Progress messages does not give you enough information to find out why you cannot connect to your ISP or dial in server look at the Network Log The Network Log lists all comm
129. ce pick list and that phone setup information is accurate and tap Done Tap the HotSync button to initiate the HotSync When the HotSync is complete and if a registered modem is no longer needed open GsmDemo and de register the modem Refer to Using GsmDemo on page 18 3 for details This action will save battery life 9 21 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Setting Up the Ethernet Cradle for HotSync The CRD1700 4000E appears to SPT 1700 terminals inserted into the cradle as a dial up PPP service Therefore just as you would set up a Palm III terminal to connect to an Internet Service Provider ISP like Compuserve or Earthlink the SPT 1700 terminals must be configured for use with the cradle This section describes the steps necessary to configure both the SPT 1700 terminal and the CRD1700 4000E Installing NetSync An SPT 1700 terminal must have NetSync installed and configured for it to communicate with the CRD1700 4000E Additionally NetSync extensions to the HotSync Manager must be installed on the host system which the SPT 1700 terminal is to synchronize with The Network HotSync software is a free add on for SPT 1700 terminals and is available at http www palm com custsupp downloads netsync html Follow the instructions to install the network HotSync software on your host PC then perform a HotSync to install the program on your SPT 1700 terminal Configuring NetSync Options Once NetSyncis installed on your SP
130. cel spreadsheet form You can enter information make formatting changes and save and print the file in the normal manner Using Expense Report Templates Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software comes with several expense report templates When you use one of these templates you can edit your Expense data in Microsoft Excel If you want to streamline or customize your expense reports you can change these templates For example you can add your company name to a template Refer to Appendix A Using Expense Templates and Custom Expense Reports for sample templates and for details on changing templates To view your Expense data using a Microsoft Excel template 1 Display your Expense data in a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet as described in Viewing your Expense Report in Microsoft Excel 2 Click the Options button to open the Expense Report Options screen 8 14 Applications Expense Expense Report Options x Department _ Cancel Phone No D Help Project Bilt Template Select an Expense template from the list Choose expense SAMPLET XLT y template Local Currency Select a country name from the list below or type in your local currency s country United States m Enter name and other information 3 Enter name department and other information as necessary for your expense report 4 Click the Templates menu then click an expense template Refer to Appen
131. cessful registration without any errors If a numeric error code is displayed then an error has occurred Tap to display details about the error Shutdown Turns the modem off 2 14 Network Setup Merlin Menu Options Tapping the Menu key provides a series of menus Merlin Modem Manager software supports shortcuts to access any of the menus The following are the available menu options Merlin Menu EZ Advanced Help Disconnect YD Shutdown Ss Reconnect ZR NetworkPrefs N Setup Wizard Z W Disconnect Terminates the active Network session with the modem If Shutdown Reconnect Network Prefs Setup Wizard disconnected the Merlin Modem Manager can no longer perform 3 second updates Performs the same function as Disconnect Terminates the active Network session with the modem and forces the modem to power off If the modem is shutdown the Merlin Modem Manager can no longer perform 3 second updates Reconnects a network session that has previously been disconnected When Reconnect is selected the 3 second updates of the software begin again Brings the user directly to the Network Preferences screen Refer to Chapter 14 Applications Preferences for details Launches the Setup Wizard to configure your modem 2 15 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Advanced Menu Config Configuration Status Terminal Ping Configuration Screen 2 16 Liens DERE E
132. cher 19 7 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 Removing the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Software If you no longer want to use the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software you can remove it from your computer To remove the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software 1 Select Settings then Control Panel from the Start menu to open the Windows Control Panel Double click the Add Remove Programs icon On the Install Uninstall tab select Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop from the list Click the Add Remove button Click Yes to confirm that you want to remove the application aR oN Chapter 20 Getting Help With Your SPT 1700 Terminal Chapter Contents MERGE TO none A RL oos Late ARE ENS PAR ES RSR bee dc oid dada 20 3 Displaying Online W0Scccscevacees ahs cerrada etude 20 3 SET 1700 Diagnosis UMY ira 20 4 SPENT IntoFTQliili opaco ER PROPRE RN Eq ER RR IEEE ERR E PERS EV 20 5 Bar Code Scanner TREES s edo Abu beu RU one ee EIQUE KNIE RERBA 20 6 Seal Pot sc oqebRC HERR PEPPER PRRPRX PRECES V RRGENORAGanRRdUp Pep E 20 7 Dize 5 m eH TBSI ou scs drug EE EUER ER OE Ig CO wee eh ae ma edad os 20 8 System Diagnoses Tesi oed qa uso Ee AAA v pus 20 8 TOUS ge i estrias RS DS domine base dat eee bal Sas dei 20 9 Technical Support Service and REPA sa sa das sucainsadaseiiaithasa rad ARA 20 15 FCI SUPO ud dob aede dee dod Ree E dada is d 20 15 20 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 20 2 Getting Help Wit
133. creen 3 4 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal Setting Preferences for Applications You can set preferences for individual applications in the Preferences screen Not all applications have preference settings To set preferences for an application 1 2 3 4 Open an application Tap the Menu icon From the Options menu select Preferences Enter the desired preference settings then tap OK Displaying Applications by Category The category feature enables you to limit the number of applications that display on the Screen You can assign your applications to categories and then choose to display a single category or all your applications To display applications by category 1 Tap the icon on the SPT 1700 terminal screen to open the Applications 2 Tapthe icon to open the Applications Launcher menus 3 Tap Category from the App menu to open the Category screen Category Rddress Calc Date Book Expense HotSync Mail Memo Pad Prefs Security To Do List 4 Tapthe pick list next to each application to assign it to a category Tip To create a new category tap Edit Category from the pick list to open the Edit Categories screen Tap the New button enter the category name and then tapthe OK button to add the category Tap OK to close the Edit Categories screen 3 5 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 5 Tap the Done button to close the Category screen and return to the Applicatio
134. currency 2 Select any of the following options Sort By Sorts the Expense entries by date or expense type Distance Displays Mileage entries in miles or kilometers Show Currency Shows or hides the currency symbol in the expense list 3 Tapthe OK button to close the Show Options screen and activate your selections 8 9 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Transferring Your Data to Microsoft Excel After you enter your expenses into the Expense application on your SPT 1700 terminal the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software allows you to view and print the data with your computer Note You need Microsoft Excel version 5 0 or later to view and print your Expense data using one of the provided templates Microsoft Excel is not included with the SPT 1700 terminal package The procedures in this section assume that you have installed the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software refer to Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Software on page 1 23 for more information Printing an Expense Report Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop makes it quick and easy to print your Expense data To print your expense report 1 Perform a HotSync operation to transfer your latest Expense data to your computer and make it available to Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Refer to Chapter 9 Applications HotSync for details 2 Click the Expense button in Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop to open Microsoft Excel and the Expense Report configuration sc
135. d CR command Tells your SPT 1700 terminal to wait a specific number of seconds before executing the next command in the login script 14 25 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Get IP Reads an IP address and uses it as the IP address for your SPT 1700 terminal This command is used with SLIP connections Prompt Opens a screen and prompts you to enter text of some kind for example a password or a security code End Identifies the last line in the login script 5 Repeat steps 2 and 3 until the login script is complete 6 Tap OK to confirm your selection and return to the Details screen Deleting a Service Template To delete a service template 1 nm e D 14 26 Tap the Service pick list in the Network Preference screen to open a list of available Service templates Tap the service you want to delete Tap the icon to open the menus for the Network Preferences screen Tap Delete from the Service menu to display the Delete Service alert Tap the OK button to confirm that you want to delete the service template Applications Preferences Network Preferences Menu Commands The Network Preferences screen includes menu commands to make it fast and easy to create and edit service templates This section explains the menu commands that are specific to the SPT TCP IP application Refer to Using Menus on page 3 20 for information about menu commands that are common to all of your SPT 1700 terminal appli
136. ddress and size of PING that you wish to send The size of PING must be less than 100 bytes Press SEND when all information is entered As with other PING applications you must enter the IP address of the other network device in the IP field and then select the desired payload size Pressing the Send button will send the PING A status line will provide information on whether or not the PING was successful by displaying a Success or Fail message There is a 20 second timeout for a response before a Success or Fail message may display Please note that there are some limitations on this PING implementation e The size of PING payload is limited to 99 bytes If a payload of greater than that is entered a data error message will be displayed The delay to wait for response is fixed at 20 seconds After you have viewed this information press the OK button to return to the Quick Status screen 2 23 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Help Menu The Help menu shows basic information about your modem modem driver and Merlin application Merlin Advanced IB Modem Info 1 Driver Info J About YA Modem Info Displays the Quick Status screen Refer to 2 13 for details Driver Info Displays the version of the modem driver About Displays version and copyright information for Merlin 2 24 Network Setup Configuring a GSM WAN Connection SPT 1734 Only To set up a new connection configuration
137. dern G w Scout Sync Tap AOW Io l show pick list Cradle Scout Sync Modem 3 Tap the application that you want to assign to each button The default setting for each button is the HotSync setting which means the cradle and optional device accessory perform their normal HotSync functions 14 6 Applications Preferences Connection Preferences The Connection Preferences screen enables you to define the settings for the serial modem and IR communications To define the Connection Preferences 1 Tapthe icon to display the last Preferences screen you used 2 Tapthe pick list in the upper right corner and select Connection The following screen displays Preferences Connection Available Configurations Falm Modem US Canada Palra Modern UK IBM WorkPod Modern Direct Serial IR to a Fer Handheld Merlin 3 Tapthe modem you want to configure and tap New for a new configuration or Edit to re configure an existing one The Edit screen displays Marne Palm Modem LUIS canada Connection w to Modern Method Dialing TouchTone Volume w Low 14 7 2 Name Connection Method Dialing Volume A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide If the configuration is new enter the name of the modem connected to the SPT 1700 terminal using the onscreen keyboard If it is an existing configuration the modem name displays The preferred method of communication Note
138. des only the From and Subject fields The full header provides complete information about the sender receiver 12 6 Applications Mail and CC recipients in addition to the subject and date the message was created Mail uses the header type you select for all your messages To display full header information 1 Open a message 2 Tapthe Complete Header icon to display the full header ited Message 1 of5 Complete Header icon To johndoe aol com From mary aol com Subj Dinner Plans Date 1 28 98 2 30 pm Abbreviated Header icon John We are meeting at Dan and Leslie s place around 8 00 PM Don t forget to bring the birthday present for Dan See you there o 3 To display the abbreviated header tap the Abbreviated Header icon Creating Messages Create messages with your SPT 1700 terminal the same way you create messages with your desktop e mail application identify the recipient s of the message define a subject and create the body of the message Create original messages and replies in the New Message screen All messages must contain information in the To and Subject fields 12 7 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide To create a message 1 Tapthe New button in the Message List screen to display the New Message screen New Message Note You can also display the New Message screen by tapping New on the Message menu 2 Usethe on screen keyboard or Graffit
139. dit button is used 3 Tapthe Note button to open the Note screen 4 Write Graffiti character strokes or the on screen keyboard for the text you want to appear in the note Use the Carriage Return stroke to move down to new lines in the note 5 Tapthe Done button to close the note and return to the application screen A note icon displays atthe right side of any item that has a note attached To review or edit a note tap the D icon To delete a note tap the J icon Delete and then Yes to confirm Note icon 3 29 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Marking Private Entries In SPT 1700 terminal applications you can mark individual entries as Private Private entries remain visible and accessible until you change the Security setting to hide all Private entries Refer to Chapter 15 Applications Security for complete information about how to activate and use the SPT 1700 terminal Security settings To mark an entry as Private 1 Display the entry that you want to mark as Private 2 Tapthe Details button to open the Details screen 3 Selectthe Private check box to insert a check mark and mark the entry as Private The Private Records screen displays Private Records D You have marked this record Private Go to the Security application or the Security menu item and choose Mask Records or Hide Records to mask or hide all Private records Beaming Information to Other SPT 1700 Terminals Your
140. dix A Using Expense Templates and Custom Expense Heports for samples Note f you want to create your own custom expense template and have it display in the Templates menu refer to Appendix A Using Expense Templates and Custom Expense Reports 5 Click the OK button to return to the Expense Report Options screen Expense Menu Commands The Expense application includes menu commands to perform common file and editing tasks This section explains the menu commands that are specific to the Expense application Refer to Using Menus on page 3 20 for information about menu commands that are common to all of your SPT 1700 terminal applications 8 15 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Record Menu When you select the Record menu its commands display on screen LISSE Edit Options Delete Item D Purge YE Delete Item Opens an alert screen prompting you to confirm that you want to delete the current expense item You must tap an item before you can use the Delete Item command Tap the OK button to delete the item from your SPT 1700 terminal or tap the Cancel button to close the alert screen and keep the item Note By default your SPT 1700 terminal removes the item from the Expense application but retains a copy of the item and transfers it to an archive file on your computer the next time you perform a HotSync operation To remove the item completely clear the Save archive copy on PC check box Pu
141. during the login procedure If you enter a password 14 15 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 your SPT 1700 terminal displays the word Assigned in this field and does not prompt you to enter a password during the login procedure Note f you are concerned about security select the Prompt option and do not enter a password To enter a password 1 Tap the Password box in the Network Preferences screen to open the Password Screen Preferences Metwork Enter password here Service M Password User Name Enter a password Tap here Password If you do not assign a password you will be asked P for one when you connect Connection Phone 2 Enter the password you use to log into your server 3 Tap OKto confirm your entry and return to the Network Preferences screen Note The Password field updates to display the word Assigned Adding Connection Settings Use the Connection pick list to choose your modem When you select the Phone field your SPT 1700 terminal opens a screen where you define the telephone number you use to connect with your ISP or dial in server In addition use this screen to define a prefix disable Call Waiting and give special instructions for using a calling card Note 7he phone setup screen works correctly for AT amp T and Sprint long distance services However MCI customers need to put the calling card number in the Phone fie
142. e Day Week IRR Tap one of the above box buttons to set arepeat interval Every End on Ho End Date lt a Repeat by Date The 14th of every month If you want to specify an ending date for the repeating event tap the End on pick list and tap Choose Date Use the Date Picker to select an end date Tap the OK button to close the Change Repeat screen and activate your settings Considerations for the Repeat Function If you change the start date of a repeating event your SPT 1700 terminal calculates the number of days you have moved the event then automatically changes the end date to maintain the duration of the repeating event If you change the repeat interval e g daily to weekly of a repeating event past occurrences prior to the day on which you change the setting are left alone and your SPT 1700 terminal creates a new repeating event If you change the date of an occurrence of a repeating event e g from January 14th to January 15th and apply the change to all occurrences the new date becomes the start date of the repeating event Your SPT 1700 terminal adjusts the end date to maintain the duration of the event If you change other repeat settings e g time alarm private of a repeating event and apply the change to all occurrences your SPT 1700 terminal creates a new event The start date of this new event is the day on which the setting is changed Past occurrences prior to the day of the change a
143. e it s not being scanned properly To improve PDF decoding e Check that PDF417 scanning is enabled Make sure the scan line extends at least 1 2 past the left and right edges of the bar code Hold the scanner closer for denser symbols farther away for larger symbols Make sure you scan the top and bottom rows of the symbol Be patient it may take several attempts to decode the symbol The bar code has been completely decoded when you hear a tone followed by a short high tone beep The green LED stays lit for two seconds or until the next trigger pull 1 2 1 2 Mm can Line Scanning Problems If the bar code is not being decoded check the following Make sure the bar code label is not defaced Make sure the bar code is of a symbology which can be read by the scanner e Check that the scanner window is not dirty If it is gently clean it using a tissue or other non abrasive material Do not spray any cleaner directly on the scanner window Try another bar code It is possible that your bar code is bad e Check your application code Make sure the parameters are set correctly for the bar code being scanned i e lengths symbology etc If you do not hear a beep after a good decode check that the system sound option is set in the general preferences screen and that Beep on Good Decode is set in the hardware setup Refer to Demo Scan Menu Options on page 17 6 for details 17 9 A SPT
144. e the DNS field blank Note that if your ISP or dial in server requires a DNS number and you did not enter that information in the Network Preferences screen it will appear that you successfully logged into your network However when you try to use an application or look up information the connection fails If this occurs try adding a DNS number Ask your ISP or your System Administrator for the correct Primary and Secondary DNS IP numbers To enter a primary and secondary DNS 1 Make sure the Query DNS check box is not selected Note f the Query DNS check box is selected it queries the connection modem for the saved DNS information 14 22 Applications Preferences 2 Tapthe space to the left of the first period in the Primary DNS field then enter the first section of the IP address Note Fach section must be a number from 0 to 255 3 Tap the second section of the Primary DNS field then enter the second section of the IP address and so on until the sections are completed 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the Secondary DNS number 5 Tapthe OK button to confirm your selection and return to the Network Preferences Screen IP Address Everyone who logs on to the Internet needs to have a unique identifier an IP address whether permanent or temporary Some networks dynamically assign a temporary IP address when clients log in The IP Address field lets you identify whether your network provides automatic dynam
145. e writing a c might scroll to Carter and writing ch might scroll farther to chu 6 Tapan address to select it then tap the Add button to enter the address in the field To Lookup Adams Ben ben_adams netcom com Butler Richard buttons pipeline com Carter Melanie mearter aol com Chu Byron chuman aol com Tap to select Technical Support support palm com Look Up Tap here to enter address in field 7 Tape Done to return to the New Message screen Adding Message Details Before you send your message you can attach additional attributes called message details to your message such as a blind carbon copy or flagging the message as high priority These features are dependent on the desktop e mail application you use If your e mail application does not support the message detail you select your SPT 1700 terminal cannot attach that attribute to your message Priority Flags a message as high normal or low priority BCC Creates a blind carbon copy field in the New Message screen Signature Attaches previously defined text as a signature block Refer to Adding a Signature to Your Message on page 12 13 for details Confirm Requests a confirmation telling you when the message was read Read Confirm Requests a confirmation telling you when the message was delivered Delivery Note The Priority and BCC settings are valid only for the current message and must be set with each subsequent message you create
146. e 11 4 Using the Channel Manager ia sssos suae TRAGGG RARE rr 11 4 Updating Chanel Pages copo ron rre 11 5 sima he Forms Manager us guess denr es oe dot e te E 11 6 Editing Forms in the Forms Manager Cue 11 6 Deleting Forms in the Forms Manager aane ussa scam en RE cens Rd 11 7 Hong RITME POTS 4x d aei tech dae e XAR EH kc bh b A eee RER RR A 11 7 Using Avaniae Client With a Modem 22 04 odeseese kr Peden esse RR RR RR n 11 8 BOW ONN e bote ain lien dob ded dta cR e ra dc o EG A ech US on Ro roe RR 11 8 Synchronizing With a MODDIT a acera ee d ace mr cedri a et Re do ol bod dod 11 9 AvantGo Cliant Ment COMMANGS sra caasa cuc acras ave AE Rae RR a RAT RR CROCO A EUER d 11 10 Channels MEN scr ntm IA PEU eR Uds 11 10 O E I TITO ae a aE Ea aaa 11 11 Onions ME prin ade 11 11 BODIE DIE oscura dpa b d ang ah els ds du aue SEDE Re qu aci dp modes 11 12 SaaS TA res ec EE au il edente Seu FU ec RE HE e RE 11 13 Edit Semer Prole Panel sem ase ee ERES E RGRSREdAOI ER QGISEGOPAP Rd RE AS RR RR 11 14 Connection TRb es sce a eR er RARA REY S CREAR RREIRHE PAYER 11 16 Advanced Connection Settings tccictccciiecan ee rir Rh e ER ERROR RR RARO 11 17 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Using the Mobile Link Application on Your SPT 173x Terminal 11 18 Mobile Link Menu Commands 42i aal ax esrb A EEA EREI PE Satis 11 21 cua Pr 11 21 TODOS NENU assis ada o rat dde AI AAA AAA 11
147. e CRD1700 4000E is properly connected data communication between an SPT 1700 terminal and the host computer can take place When a terminal is inserted in the cradle the cradle detects its presence and attempts to initiate the HotSync process on the terminal All local slots in the cradle operate simultaneously the HotSync procedure starts immediately when any terminal is inserted into a local slot As stated earlier if multiple slots are to be HotSync d simultaneously each must communicate with a different host PC If the application requires simultaneous connection to a single host database additional software available from Symbol is required Terminals inserted into daisy chained cradles are HotSync d in a round robin fashion simultaneously with any HotSyncs from local slots Daisy chained cradles share a logical fifth slot on the CRD1700 4000E which while it shares equal priority with the local slots allows only one HotSync at a time Performing HotSync with the Ethernet Cradle To initiate communication between the terminal and the host gently insert the SPT 1700 terminal into a local cradle slot or a slot on an inter connected serial cradle Do not force When properly inserted the slot s LED turns red then changes to flashing green indicating that the host and the terminal are communicating Removing the terminal from the cradle while the LED is flashing green will result in a disruption of communication data may be lost I
148. e HOE aa EE ER PORE E ERS EUS 7 4 RescheduinG an EVEN sis esr ARANA TERR 7 8 oenng an Alarm Tor aa EVEN auus aces xw ca dues kd E deae dowd be ed eb b hec 7 8 Scheduling Repeating EVOTE Luca dx ace el dus aC AE dat da 7 10 Marang a PISO EVO scsadceursd den gn dus d dudar ri 7 12 DERIN AN EVET RETTULIT eL D I 7 12 Changing the Date Book VISU ad dead de 9r EEG id 7 13 Woking M Week VEW a de tbh CoA REALE AA AA oe 7 13 Working IM Monti VIEW 4 ss 845 ee IGOR tendent dE dE Reis 7 15 MARINA m Agenda VIEW uis Lie sonnette QE E qe eww hele Eanes careers 7 16 Date Book Menu Commande uus cuve Rr Rr ORE Re nent s 7 17 Recs ERU s sica Sacra qs E FAZ PIENSA s sor Paes iia AER rends 7 19 Chapter 8 Applications Expense A a da A A A Rob OR op d 8 3 OPM EXDOIISE 2888 due art A E A ii 8 3 USING EXOGNSS esca E a ad AAA AA A 8 4 Creating an Expense lle rr IA Aa ess 8 4 Changing the Expense Item Date 8 5 Entering Receipt Details ok esse err REP EROe RR RR RE ORARE ER tiers 8 5 Customizing die Currency FICK LESE iua d ques esq Det latente died 8 8 spo e E 8 9 Transterring Your Data to Microsoft Excel 4234246 eren tra RRREARRRRRASERRRRS REA 8 10 Panino an Expense REDON cos um aca uk dem Re Rae o ngon Kd eR CUR RR RR 8 10 Viewing your Expense Report in Microsoft EXCO acie lan iiuk dle e RR RR 8 12 Using Expense Report Templates i232 492 doce Rode Roc d REOR Eni ddim eee eb dre a 8 14 Expense
149. e are two kinds of labels you need to define for your report day date and expense type Each type of label can be either Fixed or Variable A Fixed label means that the label always A 7 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide displays as a header at the beginning of a row or column A variable label means the location of the header can vary For example a list table of expenses could have variable labels in the rows for day date and variable labels in the columns for expense type In this case neither day date or expense type information would be fixed as a header Instead the date and expense type information would be filled into the cells of the spreadsheet as appropriate Examples of both Fixed and Variable labels display in the sample expense templates which were discussed previously in this appendix Sections A Section is an area of the report that has common formatting It is common for an Expense report to have more than one Section For example the following sample Expense Report Sample3 xlt contains several Sections X File Edit View Insert Format Tools Data Window Help Expense Repart ITINERARY CITY CITY Employee paid i Breakfast Company paid Section 1 Erie pd MUS DRE D pp Lunch amp Snack Company paid not prepaid Employee paid i i Dinner Company paid E i H E mH i Employee paid Business meals Company paid amp entertainment Empl
150. e e ER Pme L ERREUR Rad xvii Related DOCUMENTS sicarios id xvii tuere ll AAPP E nui Raid Raids xviii symbol SUPPO OOHIBIS 3 25 exakt a kdo RE ER RO RERO EBORE on dede debi den ee dont xix MORE eos sioe aq dee ola ate op ax P Pal lqe eU dol AAT T ER ED CEDE EN EI GR DNE xxi Warranty Coverage and Proc dure coso oir rre xxii PICS RERO ERES TET T ETUR TEREUTTIT xxii Chapter 1 Getting Started with the SPT 1700 MOI corsa d Ue wb cae one NE Pe Rd A 155 Unpacking te TOrmnglos sinapsis dia 1 3 Fausor the SPT 1700 a escena rara enun ain apoya des A E bd dd 1 4 Gelting Stated Wih the SPT WOO crscactaticceticaw seed kierie A AA 1 6 Setting Wowie Viale cis rites deeded iP PARE ERG RE E RU P EQ dees E ba Pd red 1 6 stalling the DANS ssc ce asaashdunenaisarsss abuse sose dessin QE 1 13 Charging the BARBI uso ecREXS e P emeREGCERRXG GREY Y eee ePHRPHRERRRAR 1 14 Attaching Ine Handras cigarra pate SWR ED d REUS 1 15 Stange SPT IDO 246 4s oh dis rr Ne ER qu 1 16 Configuring the Spectrum24 Network SPT 174x only 1 20 Configuring the Wide Area Network SPT 173x only 1 20 Using Ie SPT TI debate ea sniper ser Edu RES e 1 21 Using the Power Button Backlight Control 1 21 Being ihe Contrast COMO 22 2 ds des tak kp Rede a dede ERR dede deter dos 1 21 MUDO ligar Pc a AREA AAA 1 22 Using the Onsbrebrr Keybaal cri ae AAA 1 22 COMISIONADO ii d due A a e LEA e 1 23
151. e form to your desktop computer which connects to SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide the Internet and forwards the form to the appropriate Web site The Web site responds and that response is downloaded to your SPT 173x terminal Refer to Chapter 9 Applications HotSync for details Sending the Form Using a Modem AvantGo Client uses the modem settings you ve provided to connect to AvantGo Server and send your request to the appropriate Web site This way you can get an immediate response and you don t have to sync all of the other data on your device Refer to the Using AvantGo Client With a Modem section for details Displaying the Response The channel can respond to a form submission in one of two ways It can alter the channel pages that you initially downloaded e It can send down a separate response page Using AvantGo Client With a Modem You can use your SPT 173x terminal to connect to the Internet or your company s intranet directly from the device Note Before you can use AvantGo Client with a modem make sure the modem is set up properly and that you have network access to your Internet Service Provider Refer to Chapter 14 Applications Preferences to set up your modem and network access Browsing Online You can use your SPT 173x terminal to browse online when you have an active modem connection an active wireless connection or are continuously syncing cradle connection To browse the Intern
152. e messages 3 Tap OK to confirm your selection and return to the HotSync Options screen 12 27 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Mail Menu Commands The Mail application includes menu commands to make it fast and easy to perform common file and editing tasks Refer to Using Menus on page 3 20 for information about menu commands that are common to all of your SPT 1700 terminal applications Message Menu The Message menu varies based on whether you are viewing a message creating a message or viewing the Message List Message CUITE New YN MED Edit Options Purge Deleted E Message Menu Save Draft WwW when viewing Purge Deleted ZE META Edit Options Message List Message Menu when creating a New Message Purge Deleted L YE Message Menu when Viewing a Message New Displays the Create Message screen where you can create a new e mail message Save Draft Saves the current message as a draft and moves it to the Draft folder where it is stored until you send or delete it File Moves the current message to the Filed folder where it is stored until you delete it Delete Moves the current message to the Deleted folder Your SPT 1700 terminal stores deleted messages in the Deleted folder until you perform a HotSync operation which permanently removes deleted messages 12 28 Purge Deleted Options Menu When you select the Options menu its menu commands vary depending on whether you
153. e pull down menu at the top right corner of the screen and select the digitizer option Setting the Time The General Preferences screen is the first screen to display after you align the digitizer on your SPT 1700 terminal Note f the General Preferences screen is not on your SPT 1700 terminal screen you may have pressed one of the application buttons on the front panel Refer to General Preferences on page 14 10 for information on displaying the General Preferences screen Getting Started with the SPT 1700 To set the current time 1 Tapthe Set Time box in the General Preferences screen to open the Set Time screen Preferences General Set Time Set Date Auto off after minutes Set Time Stay on in Cradle 9 Trigger Wake Off EN Overall Sound Low System Sound w High Alarm Sound w High Game Sound w High Beam Receive Off Tap here 2 Tap the up or down arrows to change the hour 3 Tap the minutes box and then tap the arrows to adjust the settings for the current time 4 Tap the AM or PM box to select the time of day Note Your SPT 1700 terminal can also display time based on a 24 hour clock Refer to Formats Preferences on page 14 9 5 Tap the OK button to close the Set Time screen and return to the General Preferences screen Setting the Current Date The Set Date box in the General Preferences screen is used to set the current date for your SP
154. eared in the terminal Tap the OK button on the terminal s touchscreen 20 9 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Problem Cause s Solution Ethernet Cradle The unit locks up with The unit could not configure Hook the unit up to an Ethernet all LEDs flashing red itself or it lost its lease on one of network with a correctly functioning its ID addresses DHCP server and 6 available IP addresses General Issues SPT 1700 terminal Adjust the contrast control Recharge the battery If your SPT does not turn on Make sure the battery is charged 1700 terminal still does not and installed properly operate try a soft reset refer to Resetting Your SPT 1700 Terminal on page 21 5 for details Low battery warning The battery warning message This is normal It takes a few after recharging the may display immediately after minutes for the battery gauge to batteries recharging the battery In accurately show the condition of addition if you check the battery the battery gauge in the Applications Launcher immediately after recharging the battery the gauge may start at empty and slowly rise to full No sound The System Sound option may If the option is set to off there will not be set correctly in the be no sound Refer to General General Preferences screen Preferences on page 14 10 for more information No sound upon good The System Sound option may Verify that Beep on Good
155. eave these cells blank Using Applications Other Than Microsoft Excel You can use applications other than Microsoft Excel such as Lotus 1 2 3 or Quattro Pro to open and manipulate the Expense data on your computer The data file is named Expense txt and is stored in the Expense folder within the folder containing the SPT 1700 terminal user data Expense data in the Expense txt file is in tab delimited format Expense File Details The Expense txt file contains four groups of data It is easier to see these four groups if you open the file with a spreadsheet application Trips Shows the number of Expense application categories and lists each one followed by an end statement Currency Shows how many currencies were used for the Expense data and lists the countries that correspond to that currency Trip Shows the number of expenses by category and lists the expenses for each category Expenses Shows the total number of expenses and lists them chronologically Appendix B Non ASCII Characters for Login Scripts Introduction The following information enables you to create custom login scripts that require non ASCII characters It is provided for advanced users who understand the use and requirements of such characters in a custom login script Use of char You may use the caret to transmit ASCII command characters If you send char and the ASCII value of char is between 9 and then the character i
156. ed Re EEG UA dead RO oser ban i es Rad 3 7 Writing Numbers With Graffiti 25 4 ss smncena sienne RES CREER ders gees 3 12 Writing Punctuation Marks With Graffiti ses dus rente RE nee dette 3 13 Writing Symbols and Extended Characters 3 14 Writing Accented Characters 2 2 4eme AA 3 15 o Li eeesq eere etaient Jd Ke qaad qb d dep FRI qued XX 3 15 Additional Non English Characters 42 do ana au esame m A rae Ra 3 15 Suc DO ONES a Cacus acc E dU d OR diet d A Gode Lab eh ard el dale o ad decal 3 15 aMSN uaa duos dass gaie doe ed eri boe e a d BRR pod rcp dro 3 16 Using Mme n Screen VEDI ia acia eed dee dae de Ro RR dee o AAA AAA 3 17 Using Application COMICS ias d wee rara RR RR RR Re ER LR RR RR Rare Ree dci 3 19 USD IMSS C DT ox e FA da eek ek oe de eS 3 20 Cops a MON s same hee eee Eee eres RERO ata 3 20 Grai Menu Comma e on Ora eoe edita ee A 3 21 EC Ment Comas coc rr X CERES ERE HERESIES RE RR SM 3 21 ODM RONG RETE A A I REE REE 3 23 Contents nformation to Other SPT 1700 Term A A 48 4 3 Phone LookuY A te re PEE Re lee NL 4 5 di ni 5 Applications Address Book SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Chapter 7 Applications Date Book Issuer D 7 3 Opens Mie Dale DOOR ascia REX dae EBU Ee ie 7 3 Using the Bale BOOK as eds e REFERO artit ear VA RS R RE IRI 7 4 ehe SR E VEL x ou addu de qx dy quce Ud
157. ed folder 2 Tap the message you want to restore 3 Tapthe Undelete button to move the selected message to the Inbox and mark it as read To remove a message you created from the Deleted folder 1 In the Message List screen tap Deleted from the pick list in the upper right corner to display the contents of the Deleted folder 2 Tap the message you want to restore 3 Tap the Edit button to display and modify the message Note After you display and modify the message you can send it or save it as a draft Purging Deleted Messages Because your SPT 1700 terminal stores deleted messages in the Deleted folder until you perform a HotSync operation deleted messages can monopolize storage space To avoid or correct this problem you can purge the contents of your Deleted folder Messages that you purge are still deleted from your desktop e mail application during the next HotSync operation To purge the contents of the Deleted folder 1 Tapthe icon to open the Mail menus 12 18 Applications Mail 2 Tap Purge Deleted from the Message menu The following alert displays Purge Deleted Message D Furged messages cannot beundeleted Purge all messages from the Deleted folder 3 Tap the Yes button to confirm that you want to purge the contents of the Deleted folder Note You cannot restore messages after you purge them Message List Options Message List Options enable you to manage the way the Mess
158. eference Guide S Note fyou create an event and decide later that there is no particular start or end time you can easily change it to an untimed event Tap the time of the event in the Date Book screen tap the No Time button then tap the OK button to confirm your selection and close the Set Time screen Rescheduling an Event You can easily make changes to your schedule with your SPT 1700 terminal To reschedule an event 1 Tap the event not the time of the event you want to reschedule 2 Tap the Details button to open the Event Details screen for that event 3 To change the time tap the Time box and select the new time as described earlier in this chapter 4 To change the date tap the Date box and select the new date as described earlier in this chapter 5 Tapthe OK button to close the Event Details screen and return to the Date Book screen Setting an Alarm for an Event The Alarm setting enables you to set an audible alarm for events in your Date Book You can set an alarm to sound minutes hours or days before an event When you set an alarm an icon displays to the far right of the event with the alarm When the alarm tone sounds a reminder message also displays on the SPT 1700 terminal screen The default Alarm setting is 5 minutes before the time of the event but you can change this to any number of minutes hours or days To set an alarm for an event 1 Tapthe event to which you wan
159. eir To From and Subject header fields The information that defines what your SPT 1700 terminal is looking for is called a filter string You create a filter string by listing the words you want your SPT 1700 terminal to find and separating them with either a comma or a space Each word in the filter string is joined by an implicit OR do not enter connecting words such as AND or OR To create a more complex filter you can define filter strings for the To From and Subject fields simultaneously Your SPT 1700 terminal joins the filter strings for these fields using an implicit AND so do not add connecting words Your SPT 1700 terminal does that for you For example suppose you want to receive only messages from John Smith jsmith aol com or Jack Jones jjones aol com concerning the Apollo Project You would create the following filter strings To field filter string jsmith aol com jjones aol com Subject field filter string Apollo Project Your SPT 1700 terminal interprets this as Accept messages about the Apollo Project from John Smith or Jack Jones Do not accept messages from other people Do not accept messages from John or Jack about any other subject When you define a string note that your SPT 1700 terminal searches for any instance of that collection of characters For example if you create a filter that retrieves only messages containing the string info your SPT 1700 terminal considers info rainforest and kinfolk
160. emory A hard reset on the SPT 1700 terminal automatically deletes these applications you can also delete them manually To install software on your SPT 1700 terminal 1 Copy the application you want to install into the Add on subfolder in your SPT folder on your computer Note f you prefer to copy the application into another folder navigate to that folder before you complete step 5 19 3 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 Double click the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop icon on your Windows desktop or select Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop from the Start menu to open the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software 2 Palm Desktop TS x File Edit View Tools HotSync Help alal ele aJ cj e User firstime a Tuesday April 14 1998 1998 gt Jan Feb Mar May Jun Jul Aug Sep ct Nov Dec Ready 2 4 38 3 Click the Install button to open the SPT Install Tool screen 19 4 Installing and Removing Applications Tip You can also access the Install Tool dialog by selecting Install Tool from the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop program group or by double clicking any file with a prc file extension y Palm Install Tool x ser File s listed below will be installed on your Palm organizer the next time you HotSync File Size File Name Tips Find other applications to install on your Palm organizer at http
161. er sync check box To be notified about errors tap the Notify about errors during sync check box Toindicate that you are using a Novatel Minstrel modem tap the Check modem status before sync check box 8 Tap OKtwice to close the Scout Preferences screen Selecting Conduits for Synchronization Developers have the ability can create custom conduits for synchronizing data Before performing a synchronization you can specify the conduits you want activated Each conduit is associated with an application and determines how data is handled during a synchronization session When a conduit is selected for synchronization it knows what actions to perform and how to process the files and databases To select conduits for synchronizing an SPT 1700 terminal 1 Tapthe icon to open ScoutSync The main ScoutSync screen displays 2 Tapthe icon to open the Conduit List 3 Tapthe checkboxes of the conduits that you want to synchronize 4 Tap Done 10 5 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Performing a Synchronization To perform a synchronization 1 Tapthe icon from the Applications Launcher The following screen displays Scout Sync elcome to Scout Sync Last Scout Sync 941400 2 30 pm Conduit List Scout Sync Preferences View Log 2 Tapthe 2 icon The synchronization process begins Automatically Synchronizing Using a Cradle You can configure a mobile device to automatically star
162. ere the user wishes to prevent roaming to any other system but his home one PreferSvcld The modem will first attempt to register on the system described by the SPI WASI SPNI entries If no system is found the modem will attempt to register on the remaining available systems in the area This is useful in situations where the user spends most of his time in one area and occasionally roams In this case the user would enter the Network ID parameters that reflect the system he most often will register on Another situation where this may be useful is in cases where the user has two systems in his area but prefers service on one due to rate advantages etc IgnoreSvcID The modem will attempt to register on any system but that reflected in the Network ID entries This is useful in situations where the user wishes to block registration on systems in his area that he does not have an agreement with This may speed up the registration process in some areas Any SvclD The SPI WASI SPNI entries are ignored This is the default configuration and ensures that the modem will attempt to register on any valid system that it can find Hot List Operation pick list Scan All Ignores the list of channels and search all of them Use List Attempts to search for system on the channels in the list If service cannot be found on those channels the user will be unregistered Hybrid Attempts to search for systems on the given channels first and then opens the
163. erence Guide 2 To define a custom currency symbol 1 Choose Custom Currencies from the Options menu to open the Custom Currencies screen Custom Currencies Create your own custom currencies by tapping on the country name below Tap a Country button 2 Tapone of the four Country boxes to open the Currency Properties screen Currency Properties Country Symbol 3 Enter the name of the country and the symbol that you want to display in the Expense application then tap the OK button to define your setting 4 Tap the OK button to close the Custom Currencies screen Note f you want to use your custom currency symbol as the default for all Expense entries choose the symbol in the Preferences screen To use your custom currency symbol only for particular expense items choose the symbol in the Receipt Details screen associated with those items 8 18 Chapter 9 Applications HotSync Chapter Contents o HL Sae i dede eda o o dro pelo iplo A Le Bia dolar Shek A aes dede d 9 3 The HotSync Process and the HotSync Manager 9 3 Performing a HotSync Operation for the First Time 9 3 Using User PEIES in deeper SR Ode re Pe REY e aea 9 6 Heino PWS BITE RE uo Sb RENS REDDE DOSE TRI LOCA OS p RS 9 8 Conducting a Local HotSync Operation ss eer eR RR RR RR RR S 9 9 Selecting Hobsyrne Setup ODIDBS ass aces Ghee Gages Sod ead FERRE
164. erminal may hang no longer respond to buttons or the screen In this case perform a reset to get your SPT 1700 terminal running again Performing a Soft Reset A soft reset tells your SPT 1700 terminal to stop what it s doing and start over again All records and entries stored in your SPT 1700 terminal are retained with a soft reset After a soft reset the Palm Computing Platform Logo screen displays followed by the General Preferences screen To perform a soft reset remove the battery cover and use your stylus to gently press the reset button which is located under the battery cover Reset button Performing a Hard Reset A hard reset tells your SPT 1700 terminal to start over again and erase all records and entries stored in your SPT 1700 terminal Therefore never perform a hard reset unless a soft reset does not solve your problem Note You can restore any data previously synchronized with your computer during the next HotSync operation 21 5 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 To perform a hard reset 1 2 3 Open and remove the battery cover Hold down the power button on the front of the SPT 1700 terminal While holding down the power button use the tip of the stylus to gently press the reset button on the back of the terminal Release the reset button Release the power button When a message displays on the SPT 1700 terminal scree
165. ers you want to use to activate the ShortCut 3 Tapthe ShortCut Text area and enter the text that you want to appear when you write the ShortCut characters Tip You may want to add a space space character after the last word in your ShortCut text This way a space automatically follows the ShortCut text 4 Tapthe OK button to close the ShortCut Entry screen and define your ShortCut Tip To use a ShortCut draw the ShortCut stroke followed by the ShortCut characters When you draw the ShortCut stroke the ShortCut symbol appears at the insertion point to show that you are in ShortCut mode ShortCut 14 30 Applications Preferences Editing a ShortCut After you create a ShortCut you can modify it at any time To edit a ShortCut 1 Tapthe ShortCut you want to edit in the ShortCuts Preferences screen 2 Tapthe Editbutton to display the ShortCut Name and ShortCut text in the ShortCut Entry screen 3 Make the changes you want and tap the OK button Deleting a ShortCut If you no longer need a ShortCut you can delete it from the list of ShortCuts To delete a ShortCut 1 Tapthe ShortCut you want to delete in the ShortCuts Preferences screen 2 Tapthe Delete button to display an alert screen 3 Tapthe Yes button to confirm that you want to delete the ShortCut 14 31 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 14 32 Chapter 15 Applications Security Chapter Contents AE LA IE
166. es terminal with the information on your computer Changes you make on your SPT 1700 Series terminal or Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop display in both places after you synchronize With Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software you can Work with your SPT 1700 terminal applications on your computer The Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software duplicates the Date Book Address Book To Do List and Memo Pad applications on your SPT 1700 terminal so you can view enter and modify any data stored on your SPT 1700 terminal Back up the data stored on your SPT 1700 terminal with HotSync technology and synchronize the data with the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software Synchronization is a one step procedure that ensures your data is always safe and up to date Refer to Chapter 9 Applications HotSync amp for information about using this feature Import and export data so you can easily transfer data from other Windows applications into Address Book or Memo Pad Print your Date Book Address Book To Do List and Memo Pad information on any Windows compatible printer 1 23 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide S System Requirements To install and operate the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software your computer system must meet the following requirements Windows 95 or Windows NT 4 0 BM compatible 486 computer or higher 8MB RAM memory minimum 16 MB recommended e 12 MB available hard disk space e VGA monitor or better
167. esdiee 5 4 GL ORAS ua dd dca dk ds uon dedo noe 5 9 TEATES Senior 5 3 list By COMPANY ic ss sromstrsmenere 5 8 lookup entriBS esie Rh 5 7 menu commands Sil OPENING 53 phone numbers sircriisorssssres 5 7 Alarm SENDO losas 7 8 Applications Address Book XV 5 1 5 3 AvantGo Client menu commands 11 10 AvantGo Client and Mobile Link 11 1 AvantGo Client 11 3 Mobile Link 11 12 Mobile Link menu commands 11 21 Troubleshooting 11 22 Calculator 449 R36 ound os 6 1 6 3 menu commands 6 4 special buttons 6 3 cim CE 6 3 Date BOOK sans as chews xv 7 1 7 3 agenda VIBW silent 7 16 Changing the View 7 13 Deleting an Event 7 12 event conflicts 4 44 434 7 15 Marking Private Event 7 12 menu commands 517 MOD VIEW scsi madsuxassas 7 15 Repeat Function 7 11 Rescheduling an Event 7 8 Scheduling an Event 7 4 Scheduling Repeating Events 7 10 Setting Alarm for an Event 7 8 Working in Agenda View 7 16 Working in Week View 7 13 Demo Scan Application menu commands 17 6 EXPENSE Larson xv 8 1 8 3 changing an expense item date 8 5 creating an expense item 8 4 customizing templates A 6 Customizing the Currency Pick List 8 8 Entering Receipt Details
168. et to resume using your SPT 1700 terminal Using the reset button deletes all the entries in your SPT 1700 terminal however you can restore all synchronized data at the next HotSync operation For information about how to use the reset button Performing a Hard Reset on page 21 5 To lock your SPT 1700 terminal with a password 1 Use the HotSync application to synchronize the data between your SPT 1700 terminal and your computer Refer to Chapter 9 Applications HotSync for information about how to use the HotSync application 2 Assign a password as described in Assigning a Password on page 15 3 3 Tapthe Lock amp Turn Off button in the Security screen to open the System Lockout Screen Security System Lockout a This feature turns off your handheld and prevents others from Current Privacy w Show Records using it without the password Password F Entering the password the next time you turn on your handheld will unlock it Tap here Lock amp Turn Off 4 Tap the Off amp Lock button to turn off the power for your SPT 1700 terminal 5 Start your SPT 1700 terminal and enter the password Applications Security Changing or Deleting a Password Once you define a password for your SPT 1700 terminal you can change or delete it at any time You must enter the current password before you can change or delete it To change or delete your password 1 Tapthe Assigned box in the Security screen
169. et using AvantGo Client 1 Tapthe icon to open the AvantGo Client menus Select Connect from the Channels menu A service connection attempt is made A flashing vertical bar in the upper right corner indicates you are online Applications AvantGo Client and Mobile Link To go to a specific URL 1 Choose an existing connection or configure a new one and wait for the device to connect 2 Tapthe Open Page icon 3 Enter the URL 4 Tap OK Synchronizing With a Modem If you use a modem with your SPT 173x terminal you can synchronize your AvantGo channels without going through HotSync When you do this your terminal connects directly to the AvantGo server through a modem and downloads all channel information just like it does when you sync using a desktop computer To synchronize to the AvantGo server on your SPT 173x terminal tap the icon and select Modem Sync from the Channels menu AvantGo Client automatically accesses the modem and connects to AvantGo Server Using Connect You can select the Connect option on the Channels menu to establish a connection with your online service To connect using a modem connection tap the icon and select Connect from the Channels menu The service connection is established Using Disconnect on Your SPT 173x Terminal To disconnect your modem tap the icon and select Disconnect from the Channels menu The service connection is closed SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide
170. f the terminal is inserted into an inter connected serial cradle slot while another terminal on the serial cradle chain is communicating with a host the terminal waits its LED remains red until the first terminal finishes communicating After the communication session completes the slot s LED turns solid green and remains green until the terminal is removed from the slot To remove the terminal pull it straight up from the slot 9 24 Chapter 10 Applications ScoutSync Client Chapter Contents MPA T OI an doce ee par Elo dor od RS A Ew AE Bee DSL SMS SORA BARA SRA dedos Overview of the SCOUTS YG CHEN iicssuses ne dun de eurent Roe RE ea ewe Re ds Configuring the SCOUISVNG CHORE score adri dai d Kes Selecting Conduits for Synchronization Perorming a SCOOTERS sse aem citada add Ra V TASSE LS DIRE Sie ASE E RSS Automatically Synchronizing Using a Cradle Viewing the Synchronization Lag epoca Scouteyne Client Menu Commands x cx xr 66 S369 2955 29455 X Y erReYGI R3 Re x Options MAU iia s S RU GOUDG RR ORE RO HAE RE E RC REGE REGENS RE ERE d 10 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Applications ScoutSync Client Introduction This chapter explains how to configure and use the ScoutSync Client on an SPT 1700 terminal By reading this chapter you will learn how to perform a synchronization and view your ScoutSync Client synchronization log
171. f you want this feature enabled tap the Trigger Wake pick list and select the On option If you set this option to Off the scanner buttons will not awaken the terminal 14 12 Applications Preferences Overall System Alarm and Game Sounds Your SPT 1700 terminal uses a variety of sounds The Overall System Alarm and Game Sound settings enable you to turn the sounds on or off and to adjust the volume level To set the overall system alarm and game sounds tap each option s pick list and select the sound level Note When you turn off the System Sounds you also turn off the chime tones associated with the HotSync operation The Game Sound setting works only with games that are programmed to respond to this setting Older games typically do not respond to this setting Beam Receive The Beam Receive preference controls the IRDA receiving Refer to Beaming Information to Other SPT 1700 Terminals on page 3 30 for details Network Preferences and Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop TCP IP Software The Network Preferences settings enable you to use the TCP IP software that comes with your SPT 1700 terminal operating system You can use the TCP IP software to connect with Internet Service Providers ISPs or dial in remote access servers Because the TCP IP software is a feature of the operating system you configure all parameters relating to it from the Preferences application Note For specific instructions on con
172. ferences Displays a list of preferences you can choose including show tables show images auto connect and enable scanner Server Opens the main Mobile Link screen where you specify the name Preferences address port user name and password for a particular server Font Displays Variable and Fixed font preferences System Variable is the Preferences font used for most text About AvantGo Displays copyright and version information for AvantGo 11 11 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Mobile Link Mobile Link is software that helps your SPT 173x terminal communicate with Web based information on a network when you synchronize You rarely need to use Mobile Link directly It is installed as part of AvantGo and is configured at that time The only time you may need to use Mobile Link is to set up the connection to a proxy server or to perform some server configuration maintenance Typically you synchronize the contents of your SPT 173x terminal with similar contents on your desktop computer For example the SPT 173x has a calendar application that you synchronize with a calendar application on your desktop to make sure they both have the same contents To do this you connect the SPT 173x terminal to your desktop computer and HotSync operation transfers data between the two Mobile Link provides a common way for such remote servers to communicate with your desktop computer and SPT 173x terminal Once it is installed yo
173. fers it to an archive file on your computer the next time you perform a HotSync operation To remove the event completely clear the Save archive copy on PC check box Attach Note Opens the To Do Note screen where you can create a note for the current To Do item Delete Note Opens an alert screen prompting you to confirm that you really want to delete the note attached to the To Do item You must select a To Do item before you can delete its note Tap the Yes button to delete the Note from the memory of your SPT 1700 terminal or tap the No button to close the alert screen and return to the To Do List 16 10 Applications To Do List Purge Deletes To Do items that you mark check as complete All complete To Do List items remain in the To Do List until you use this command The default setting is Save archive copy on PC This removes complete To Do items from the To Do List but retains copies and transfers them to an archive file on your computer the next time you perform a HotSync operation Beam Item Beams the current To Do item to another SPT 1700 terminal through the IR port Beam Category Beams all To Do Items in the current category to another SPT 1700 terminal through the IR port Options Menu When you select the Options menu its commands displays on screen Record Edit RATE Font Y F Phone Lookup L Security YH About To Do List Font Displays the Select Font screen where you can choose a different font
174. figuring your terminal for use with a Spectrum24 CDPD or GSM network refer to Chapter 2 Network Setup To use the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop TCP IP you must configure both the Connection Preferences and the Network Preferences settings 14 13 LL SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Note Connection preferences settings enable your SPT 1700 terminal to use an external modem such as the SPT 1700 Modem Cradle to communicate with remote devices For example you can communicate with your computer if you are away on travel or your ISP server Refer to Connection Preferences on page 14 7 for a complete explanation on how to configure modem parameters After you configure both the Network and Connection modem Preferences you can establish a PPP Point to Point Protocol SLIP Serial Line Internet Protocol or CSLIP Compressed Serial Line Internet Protocol connection with your ISP or dial in server by using menu commands from the Network Preferences screen or by using a third party application Note Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop TCP IP provides the ability to connect to your ISP or dial in server however it does not come with any applications to view the transmitted data Visit the Symbol website htip www symbol com palm for information on third party applications that take advantage of TCP IP Selecting a Service Use the Service setting to choose the service template for your WAN Internet Service
175. folder or tap Yes to file the message and keep a copy in the Inbox ON To remove a message you created from the Filed folder 1 Inthe Message List screen tap Filed from the pick list in the upper right corner to display the contents of the Filed folder 2 Tap the message you want to restore 3 Tap the Edit button to display and modify the message Note After you display and modify the message you can send it save it as a draft or return it to the Filed folder Deleting Messages Your SPT 1700 terminal stores deleted message in the Deleted folder until you perform the next HotSync operation If you delete a message from SPT 1700 terminal it is deleted on your desktop e mail application after you perform a HotSync operation To delete a message 1 Open the message you want to delete 2 Tap the Delete button 3 If you selected the Preference option to confirm message deletion tap the Yes button to confirm that you want to delete the current message 12 17 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Restoring a Message From the Deleted Folder You can reverse the deletion of a message by removing it from the Deleted folder as long as you have neither performed a HotSync operation nor purged the contents of the Deleted folder To restore a message you received from the Deleted folder 1 In the Message List screen tap Deleted from the pick list in the upper right corner to display the contents of the Delet
176. following formats Comma delimited csv Tab delimited tsv Memo Pad archive mpa Address Book archive aba Text txt For information on how to set up a File Link refer to the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Software online Help 9 8 Applications HotSync amp Conducting a Local HotSync Operation After you complete the first HotSync operation the HotSync process is even faster and easier To conduct a local HotSync operation 1 Insertthe SPT 1700 terminal in the cradle or connect the synchronization charging cable 2 Start the HotSync Manager 3 Press the button on the front of the CRD1700 1000S cradle to start the HotSync process If you are using the synchronization charging cable or the CRD 1700 40008 cradle tap the icon on the terminal s application screen Synchronization begins immediately 4 Waitfor the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop to display a message indicating that the process is complete Selecting HotSync Setup Options You can choose when you want HotSync Manager to run and adjust the local modem and network HotSync settings To set the HotSync Options 1 Clickthe iconinthe Windows System Tray to open the HotSync Manager menu and click Setup The Setup dialog displays with the General tab open General Local Modem Network HotSync Manager C Available only when the Palm Desktop is running C Manual you startthe HotSync Manager yourself
177. for instructions 1 6 Getting Started with the SPT 1700 2 Insert the cable into the bottom of the terminal as shown Synchronization Charging Cable 3 Plug the power cable into a wall outlet and plug the other end into the battery charging receptacle on the side of the Synchronization Charging Cable Power Supply The battery is fully charged after approximately two hours To perform serial host communication using the cable plug the other end of the cable into an available communication port on the back of the host computer A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 CRD1700 1000S Single slot Serial Cradle To connect the cradle 1 Turn off your computer 2 Plug one end of the serial cable into the host connector on the back of the cradle 3 Plug the other end of the serial cable into the serial communication port on your computer Note You may require a 9 pin to 25 pin adapter p n 160 0072 to connect the cable to the serial port on the back of your computer Note Your SPT 1700 terminal requires a dedicated port It cannot share a port with an internal modem or other device If you are unsure about the location of the serial port on your computer refer to the user s manual supplied with the computer 4 Connect the power jack to the power receptacle on the back of the cradle 5 Plug the power cable into the wall CRD1700 4000S Four slot Serial Cradle To connect the
178. ge To save a message as a draft 1 Create a message in the New Message screen 2 Tapthe icon to open the Mail menus 3 Tap Save Draft from the Message menu to move the message to the Draft folder To edit a message saved as a draft 1 Inthe Message List screen tap Draft from the pick list in the upper right corner to display a list of the messages in the Draft folder 2 Tap the draft you want to display lai q M lof2 ihr 2 Messages Tap to select essage o ncarter aol com Lunch meeting message Subj Lunch meeting support isp com Re Welcome Hi Melanie Just wanted to confirm our lunch meeting for 12 30 on Thursday Tap to edit draft in the New Message 7 screen e 3 Tapthe Edit button to move your draft to the New Message screen 4 Enter your changes then either save it again as a draft or tap the Send button to move the message to your Outbox folder 12 16 Applications Mail Filing a Message Your SPT 1700 terminal can store any message you receive or create in the Filed folder A back up copy of the Filed folder is stored on your computer hard drive but the contents of this folder do not automatically synchronize with your desktop e mail application during a HotSync operation To file a message Open a message Tap the icon to open the Mail menus Tap File from the Message menu to display the Message File Options screen Tap No to save the message and move it to the Filed
179. ger The Channel Manager is used to view a channel s size or clear its contents To open the Channel Manager 1 Tapthe icon to open the AvantGo Client menus and select Channels Channel Manager The following screen displays Channel Manager Se f he Clear button will delete the A list of channels to which you are subscribed are displayed including each channel s size 2 Tap a channel s title to view its pages 11 4 Applications AvantGo Client and Mobile Link 8 Mark the check box next to the channel you want to clear 4 Tapthe Select All button to clear all channels 5 Tapthe Clear button to remove selected channels from the device The channel size for each changes to OK The channel contents will be restored the next time you synchronize your data Note f you wish to unsubscribe from a group channel please contact your administrator Updating Channel Pages To update your channel s pages all you need to do is sync your device 1 Place the SPT 173x terminal in its cradle Make certain the cradle is connected by its serial cable to your desktop Open Hotsync on your desktop via the Windows system tray Click the icon on the SPT 173x terminal or on the device cradle to activate HotSync The HotSync in Progress screen displays Syncing to sync avantgo com d Autodetecting network settings HotSync automatically connects your device to the AvantGo Server and updates your cha
180. ges cai beu Ed i dob oed d rob base adore dde Skee ceed 12 16 Flinga Messagi PTT mr 12 17 DAI MOSS C E CETT 12 17 Restoring a Message From the Deleted Folder 12 18 Purging Deleted Messages LEsadquavdo id ope d ER p QD QE a 12 18 Message ESL ODIO secre 12 19 POS Los serene Pg eeikde xx eii a edt rhe eRe pd ege pde dex SERRE RES 12 19 cs DEEST TTE A ox peeaueeeueRe E E as 12 20 Sorting the Message List esse ta ri RR rer eg ares 12 20 viii Contents Message en eats Re in de MM rn Chapter 13 Memo Pad Introduction t pin de dus Leben SAR SARA Ame Ed ORR Tues Feco Hea e adhue DIVI o Options Menu esse Chapter 14 Applications Preferences JOE OO OT OPI uiia dhe ee dp MORO LEAR e bo d d OR or dob heme dao arb ew deed ne ae VARS Bultons PrelerentesS cis ae ora ERE ERS 14 3 dnd n dira SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Network Preferences and Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop TCP IP Software 14 13 SORT 3 COMICS uas zu sam o ados ded b oa do ed kd A 14 14 entera a Heer NO s ise db dace rai eee cdma d tags drin 14 15 Enter a POSSIDERE isa ra AA Jod C S pd dr RE AAA 14 15 Adding Connection SEUS cried rr xu rere ed peu ped PE dE qd 14 16 Connecting io Your Service ocosa krass kpbSe RE DARED SORE ANAGR AA 14 19 Creating Additional Service Templates 14 20 Adding Detailed Information to a Service Template
181. gories pick list in the Details screen Refer to Using Categories on page 3 24 for a complete description of categories To assign a category to an Address Book entry 1 Tap the Address Book entry you want to assign to a category 2 Tapthe Edit button in the Address View screen to display the Address Edit screen 3 Tapthe pick list in the upper right corner and tap the category that you want to assign to the Address Book entry Sorting by Name or Company You can sort the entries in the Address List screen by Company and Last Name rather than by Last Name and First Name These settings do not change your Address Book data they merely change the view 5 8 Applications Address Book To sort the entries in the Address List screen 1 Display the Address List screen 2 Tapthe icon to open the Address Book menus 3 Tap Preferences from the Options menu to open the Address Book Preferences screen Address Book Preferences O Remember last category List By Last Mame First Marne Company Last Marne 4 Tapthe setting that you want for the Address List screen 5 Tapthe OK button to display the Address List screen with your new setting Note Entries with no company name sort by last name Editing Address Entry Details The Address Entry Details screen provides a variety of options that you can associate with an Address entry To open the Address Entry Details screen 1 Tapan Address Book entry
182. gram or use a licensed program in a network without written permission from Symbol The user agrees to maintain Symbol s copyright notice on the licensed programs delivered hereunder and to include the same on any authorized copies it makes in whole or in part The user agrees not to decompile disassemble decode or reverse engineer any licensed program delivered to the user or any portion thereof Symbol reserves the right to make changes to any software or product to improve reliability function or design Symbol does not assume any product liability arising out of or in connection with the application or use of any product circuit or application described herein No license is granted either expressly or by implication estoppel or otherwise under any Symbol Technologies Inc intellectual property rights An implied license only exists for equipment circuits and subsystems contained in Symbol products Symbol and the Symbol logo are registered trademarks of Symbol Technologies Inc Other product names mentioned in this manual may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies and are hereby acknowledged Symbol Technologies Inc One Symbol Plaza Holtsville New York 11742 1300 http www symbol com Contents About This Guide I TREN AS SON serene ear A i bes PR on Diet esed xiii Chapter Describe 20 ipao Eme poRERE ORE ER EIER RA XU RR P RP Se PEN p Eq p XV Boon COS BOIS cosida bad dnx a ebd dur
183. h Your SPT 1700 Terminal Introduction There are several ways to get help with your SPT 1700 terminal You can display online tips on your SPT 1700 terminal and you can review the troubleshooting section in this chapter and on your Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Software CD If you need additional assistance there are several ways to contact Symbol Technical Support This chapter provides details on each of these methods Displaying Online Tips Many of the screens that display on your SPT 1700 terminal contain an online tips icon in the upper right corner Online tips contain a summary of what is required by the screen shortcuts for using the screen or other useful information Online tips always relate to the function that you are currently performing with your SPT 1700 terminal To use the online tips 1 Tap the icon in the upper right corner of a screen to open the Tips screen Keyboard There are three ways to access the onscreen keyboard 1 Tap the dots in the corners of the Graffiti writing area to activate the numbers or letters keyboards 2 The Keyboard command T 2 After you review the Tips screen tap the Done button 20 3 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide SPT 1700 Diagnostics Utility The SPT 1700 Diagnostics Utility is used to ensure that your SPT 1700 Terminal is operating properly It can also assist you in troubleshooting problems you may encounter The Diagnostics Utility
184. hapter 21 Maintaining Your SPT 1700 Terminal A Tr 21 3 Carag tor Your SPT 1700 TOMNA c uosocin exi bu Rer ER e RH E Exe de 21 3 ane CORSA Des iii seid ee id book de d olx Roa c a eae al 21 3 Resetting Your SPT 1700 Terminal y sra bom en Rs radeon Chena ee arto 21 5 PUAN CoO NESE ain cna charade creer rand nares ines Vintage ie mena 21 5 Performing a Hard Reset is sois s Rx CREE EYwad bra WORRY RARE VY dq es 21 5 Appendix A Using Expense Templates and Custom Expense Reports PAO Nia dirae pg ide sat o roble di de AR dise cese it NL At P alt ions A 2 Sample Diu ica ddwdq usw uds deed d e A A 3 Voip 2s PET METTE A 4 SAR em rm A 5 Modifying and Creating Expense Templates A 5 About Mapping Tables uos tendu VO DE e REOR iria A 5 Customizing Existing Sample Templates A 6 Determining the Layout of the Expense Report A 7 Using Your Custom expense Rep l ios uude ace Eo RE ae awed dv RE REGERE ri A 9 Programming ihe Mapping Table iis ses ke RR ER ERE Rx RO ERR FERES A 9 Using Applications Other Than Microsoft Excel A 14 Expense File Defalls 15s eer REX PREX GUERRERO AAN ets Y A 14 Appendix B Non ASCII Characters for Login Scripts LEGIT TORIS doors coa DB do rd doe da dco dior diodes rae TT reli B 1 Carriage Retum and Line Feed isis secssezitku ek 3er aed See REOR OR DR ERE RR
185. he movement of the stylus System Diagnostics Test The System Diagnostics option is an interactive test of all the terminal s system features This test prompts you to perform different actions and listen for different sounds The output of the system diagnostics is a log file To run system diagnostics tap the Start button You are prompted to begin Tap OK to start the test The test prompts you to press the different buttons on the terminal Pressing the specified button results in a series of short high pitched sounds denoting proper functioning Pressing an incorrect button or having the system timeout results in a low tone denoting failure The test then produces a series of four tones to test the speakers and prompts you asking whether or not you heard all the tones If you hear all four tones answer Yes If you don t hear all the tones answer No The test also prompts you to scan a bar code with the scanner Press the OK button and then scan an item System Diagnostics also performs some tests which are not interactive It reads the system information tests the serial port tests the memory and tests the timer A series of tones denotes the conclusion of the test At this point view the log file by tapping on View Log This brings up the multi page test results log You can scroll through the log one page at a time by tapping on the arrow buttons in the lower left hand corner of the screen Alternately use the scroll
186. he actual completion date when you checked the item If you do not assign a due date to an item the completion date still records when you complete the item Displays the due dates associated with To Do items in the To Do List screen and displays an exclamation mark next to incomplete To Do items after the due date passes Shows the priority numbers for the To Do items in the To Do List screen Shows the category for each To Do item on the far right of the To Do List screen 3 Tap the OK button to confirm your selections and close the screen 16 9 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide To Do List Menu Commands The To Do List includes menu commands to perform common file and editing tasks Refer to Using Menus on page 3 20 for information about menu commands that are common to all SPT 1700 terminal applications Record Menu When you select the Record menu its commands display on screen I Record Delete Item zD Attach Note zA Delete Note Y O Purge E Beam Item YB Beam Categor Delete Item Opens an alert screen prompting you to confirm that you want to delete the current To Do item You must select a To Do item before you can delete it Tap the OK button to delete the To Do item from your SPT 1700 terminal or tap the Cancel button to close the alert screen and keep the To Do item Note By default your SPT 1700 terminal removes the item from the To Do list but retains a copy of the item and trans
187. he e icon to display the available menu 17 3 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 Options Menu When you select the Options menu its commands display on screen Reset Defaults Allows you to reset the default values About Provides version information Demo Scan Application The Demo Scan application allows you to customize your scanner s features and scan bar codes To open the Demo Scan application 1 Tapthe icon to open the Applications Launcher 2 Tapthe icon to open Demo Scan The Symbol Scanner Demo screen displays DC UPCAEAN amp mors 7 M Code i28 JO M Codes JO O O E Scan Enable O LED Trigger Mode w Level Bar Type Mo Data Bar Data Mo Data 17 4 Available Symbologies Scan Enable LED Trigger Mode Bar Type Bar Data Applications Laser Scanner Allows you to select the symbologies to be recognized by the scanner by tapping on the box next to the name of the desired symbology When selected the box has a check mark When this option is clicked and the trigger is pressed the laser scanner beam activates The beam remains on for approximately 3 seconds Alternatively tapping on the Scan button on the bottom of the screen performs the same action When this box is checked the green LED lights This serves as a test of the LED To stop the LED test tap the LED box again Level only the SPT 1700 scan trigger initiates the scan the laser
188. he terminal has been properly configured for use Refer to Setting Up for a Wireless HotSync on page 9 18 for details Tap the icon to open the HotSync application Tap Modem and tap Select Service to display the Network Preference screen Verify that Merlin displays in the Service pick list and that phone setup information is accurate and tap Done Tap the HotSync button to initiate the HotSync Performing a GSM HotSync Applications HotSync amp Note This function is available on SPT 1734 terminals only Before performing a GSM HotSync you must first set up the modem registration information To do so 1 Tap the Q icon to open the Applications Launcher 2 Tap the n icon to open the GSM Demo application The main screen displays GsmDemo Main Status Registered I O Remember FIN Dn exit FF Leave modem registered O Monitor text messages Network UK VODAFONE Signal ETT 3 Select the Leave modem registered checkbox Note This option can only be set if the modem has been registered 4 Exit GSM Demo Ensure the terminal has been properly configured for use Refer to Setting Up for a Wireless HotSync on page 9 18 for details c NO wm Tap the Q icon to open the Applications Launcher Tap the icon to open the HotSync application Tap Modem and tap Select Service to display the Network Preference Screen Verify that the GSM modem displays in the Servi
189. hich has been repaired or altered unless done or approved by Symbol ii which has not been maintained in accordance with any operating or handling instructions supplied by Symbol iii which has been subjected to unusual physical or electrical stress misuse abuse power shortage negligence or accident or iv which has been used other than in accordance with the product operating and handling instructions Preventive maintenance is the responsibility of customer and is not covered under this warranty Wear items and accessories having a Symbol serial number will carry a 90 day limited warranty Non serialized items will carry a 30 day limited warranty xxi SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Warranty Coverage and Procedure During the warranty period Symbol will repair or replace defective products returned to Symbol s manufacturing plant in the US For warranty service in North America call the Symbol Support Center at 1 800 659 2240 International customers should contact the local Symbol office or support center If warranty service is required Symbol will issue a Return Material Authorization Number Products must be shipped in the original or comparable packaging shipping and insurance charges prepaid Symbol will ship the repaired or replacement product freight and insurance prepaid in North America Shipments from the US or other locations will be made F O B Symbol s manufacturing plant Symbol will use new or refur
190. i character strokes to enter the e mail address of the recipient The cursor indicates where new text will display New Message meartereaol co ec Subj Body Note Enter the address as if you are entering it from your desktop e mail application For example network users sending a message to a user on the same network do not need to add Internet information such as 3com com 12 8 Applications Mail To send a carbon copy of this message to additional recipients tap the CC field then enter the e mail addresses of the additional recipients separating the addresses with a comma followed by a space Tap the Subj field then enter a subject for your message Tap the Body field then enter the body text Tap the name of the field to open New Message MM Tap to return to New Message screen To reply to a message Tap a message in the Message List to display it on the screen Tap the Reply button to open the Reply Options screen Reply Options EE All Forward Y Include original text O Comment original text Select who you want to receive the reply only the Sender All recipients and the sender or Forward the message to someone else Select whether you want to Include original text and Comment original text Tap OK to close the Reply Options screen and display the New Message screen Enter your reply text 12 9 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Gu
191. ic temporary IP addressing Note f your IP address is permanently assigned you will need to get that information from your System Administrator If you are not sure select Automatic To identify dynamic IP addressing select the IP Address check box to activate this option Details Connection type e PPP Idle timeout w Power Off Query DNS Vf Tap to have the IP Address t4 Rutomatic IP address automatically assigned 14 23 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide To enter a permanent IP address 1 Clear the IP Address check box to disable this option and display a permanent IP address field below the check box Details Connection type w PPP Idle timeout Power Off Query DMS Bf IF Address O Automatic Enter the IP address here 2 Tap the space to the left of the first period then enter the first section of the IP address Note Fach section must be a number from 0 to 255 3 Tapand enter the remaining sections of the IP address 4 Tapthe OK button to confirm your selection and return to the Network Preferences screen Creating a Login Script A login script is a series of commands similar to an autoexec bat file that automates logging into your ISP You can create login script files by selecting commands from the Command pick list in the Login Script screen Some of these commands such as Send require you to supply additional information and have a parameter field
192. ication To define a new Address Book category 1 Tap the category pick list in the upper right corner of the screen Rddress List Abrarns Liz Rdams Ben Beckman Rachel Bertolli Marcus Bruce Jeremy Butler Richard Cain Cathy Carpenter Joan Carter Melanie Chu Byron Conner Sandy Tap here 650 454 6121 408 772 1900 510 532 0746 213 422 1363 408 459 1279 516 626 1424 650 235 6222 W 718 824 1548 W 212 395 6277 W 213 343 9801 301 933 6833 3 26 Address List Abrams Liz Rdams Ben Beckman Rachel Bertolli Marcus Bruce Jeremy Butler Richard Cain Cathy Carpenter Joan Carter Melanie Chu Byron Conner Sandy Look Up 516 626 1424 650 235 6222 W 718 824 1548 W 212 395 6277 W 213 343 9801 301 933 6833 W Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal 2 Tapthe Edit Categories item to open the Edit Categories screen Edit Categories 1 3 Tapthe New button to open another Edit Categories screen Edit Categories Enter a new category name 4 Enter the name of the new category and tap the OK button to close the Edit Categories screen 5 Tapthe OK button to close the first Edit Categories screen and view your new category in the pick list Note You can edit any of your records and file them in the new categories as appropriate Renaming Categories You can also use the Edit Categories screen to change the names of any existing category To change the n
193. ide Note You have several message options including setting the priority Refer to Adding Message Details on page 12 11 for details 7 Tap Send to place your reply in the Outbox Looking Up an Address To identify the recipient of a message enter that person s e mail address in the appropriate field of the Message screen You can do this either by entering the data directly into the field or using the Look Up command to access the information in your Address Book To look up an address On the New Message screen tap either the To or CC field and expand it Enter a few letters of the address you want to find Tap the Lookup button If the letters you enter identify a unique listing from your Address Book your SPT 1700 terminal completes the address for you If not the Lookup screen displays Be mc Note You can also open the Look Up screen in the New Message screen by tapping Lookup from the Options menu or by using the Command stroke L To Lookup Adams Ben ben_adams netcom com Butler Richard buttons pipeline com Carter Melanie mearter aol com Chu Byron chuman aol com Technical Support support palm com LookUp Tap here 5 Enter the first letter of the entry you want to find to scroll to the first entry that begins with that letter If you write an additional letter the list scrolls to the first entry that 12 10 Applications Mail starts with those two letters For exampl
194. in writing in the Graffiti writing area to create a new memo The first letter is automatically capitalized and begins your new memo 8 Enter the text you want to appear in the memo Use the carriage return stroke to move down to new lines in the memo 4 After you finish tap the Done button to return to the Memo List screen 13 4 Applications Memo Pad Reviewing Memos Each time you create a memo the first line of the memo displays in the Memo List screen This makes it easy to locate and review your memos To review the contents of a memo 1 Tap the text of the memo that appears in the Memo List screen to display the memo on the screen Tapa memo to review its contents 1 11 22 Meeting Minutes 2 Review or edit the text in the memo If the message is more than one page a scroll bar will display for easy navigation If the message is longer than one page use the Options menu items to navigate 3 Tapthe Done button to save your changes to the memo and return to the Memo List screen Arranging Memos The Memo Preferences screen enables you to sort your memos alphabetically or in any order that you want To select a sort option 1 In the Memo List screen tap the icon to open the Memo Pad menus 2 Tap Preferences from the Options menu to open the Memo Preferences screen Memo Preferences 6 Sort by w Alphabetic 13 5 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide
195. ing Fonts on page 3 23 for details Preferences Address Book Preferences O Remember last category List By Last Name First Name Company Last Name Opens the Address Book Preferences screen Remember last category Determines how the Address Book displays when you return from another Palm application Memo Pad To Do List etc If you select this check box the Address Book shows the last category you selected When you clear it the Address Book shows the address entries for all categories List By Determines whether address entries sort by last name first name or by company name last name in the Address List screen 5 13 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 4 Rename Enables you to define custom field names Each Address Book Custom Fields entry contains four custom fields that you can rename Any changes you make to the names of the custom fields display in all of your Address Book entries Rename Custom Fields Create your own field names by editing the text on the lines below About Address Shows version revision information for the Address Book Book application 5 14 Za Chapter 6 Applications Calculator Chapter Contents o TID Ask kee O 6 3 Opening Ihe DSIGU SIDE 32 rmi Rem disex AAA ode b CR c eRe ends 6 3 Usmo Me Calc IDE GODOBIL d eua helen e QE QE Roe Up dd aee qeu PIE Ep Id me de qd 6 3 Special Calculator BULIDIS s oir muse tete n Te AR 6 3
196. ions HotSync amp To prepare your computer for a modem HotSync operation 1 Confirm that the computer modem is connected and turned on and that no communications applications such as fax or telephony software are running on a COM port Note Make sure the computer is disconnected from all online services such as America Online AOL and CompuServe This helps to avoid conflicts with the COM port Start HotSync Manager and select Modem from the HotSync Manager menu Refer to Selecting HotSync Setup Options on page 9 9 for details about this Screen Preparing Your SPT 1700 Terminal for a Modem HotSync Operation To prepare your SPT 1700 terminal for a modem HotSync operation 1 Tap the icon to open the Applications Launcher 2 Tapthe icon to open the HotSync screen 3 Tap Modem and select your modem from the pick list Note 7his will vary dependent upon the SPT terminal you are using SPT 1733 terminals use Merlin SPT 1734 terminals use GSM modem and SPT 174x terminals use Spectrum24 4 Tap Enter Phone to open the Phone Setup screen Phone Setup 6 9 15 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Note f you have Network HotSync software installed on your SPT 1700 terminal the Remote Setup screen displays instead Refer to Network Preferences and Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop TCP IP Software on page 14 13 for more information 5 Enter the telephone number to access the mode
197. ions Launcher 2 Tapthe icon to display the Message List screen Viewing Messages The Message List lists your incoming messages who sent them and the date they were received Messages you ve read appear with a check next them and high priority messages appear in bold 12 5 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide To view a message 5 Msgs 3 Unread w Inbox mary aol com Dinner Plans david palm corm Meeting notes Gayle Stoltz Little brother Y connie wilsont Press Release michael 3com IR Beaming 1 Tap a message in the list to open it A Message 1ofS Recipient LU johndoe aol com From mary aol com Subject t subj Dinner Plans Date 1 28 98 2 30 pm John We are meeting at Dan and Leslie s place around 8 00 PM Don t forget to bring the birthday present for Dan See you there o Previously read Header mode icons Sender Time and date sent Message body Messages display by default in the abbreviated mode To switch from the abbreviated mode to the full header mode refer to Displaying Full Header Information on page 12 6 2 Tapthe Done button to close the message and return to the Message List Message Fonts You can modify the way messages display by changing the font text style Refer to Choosing Fonts on page 3 23 for details Displaying Full Header Information By default Mail displays abbreviated header information which inclu
198. ist Sorting the Message List You can sort the Message List by the date it was sent by sender or by subject Note High priority messages always display first no matter how you sort your message list To sort the Message List 1 Tapthe Show button in the Message List to open the Show Options screen 2 Tap the Sort by pick list and select one of the following options Date Sorts messages by date and displays the most recent message at the top of the screen Sender Sorts messages by the sender s user name and displays them in ascending alphabetical order based on the first word of the sender field 12 20 Applications Mail Subject Sorts messages by subject and displays them in ascending alphabetical order based on the first word of the subject field 3 Tap OKto close the Show Options screen and return to the Message List HotSync Options HotSync Options enable you to manage your e mail more effectively by selecting which messages download when you synchronize your computer and your SPT 1700 terminal Different settings can be defined for local and remote synchronization For example you may want to download all of your messages during local synchronization and only urgent messages during remote synchronization Once defined your SPT 1700 terminal determines if synchronization is occurring locally or remotely and uses the appropriate HotSync Options settings To activate the HotSync Options screen 1 Tap
199. k on your SPT 1700 terminal Refer to the online documentation supplied with the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software for details To create a new Address Book entry 1 Press the button on the front of your SPT 1700 terminal to display the Address List screen 2 Tapthe New button to display the Address Edit screen Cursor at Last name Address Edit Unfiled Christiansen Erin 662 664 8063 H L L O Keefe Chelsea 425 652 5478 cott Hayley 248 9652 H pom Doris 212 555 1784 ymbol Support 1 800 659 2240 gt Address GE mn Look oi LED 15 Tap New 5 4 Applications Address Book Enter the last name of the person you want to add to your Address Book Note Your SPT 1700 terminal automatically capitalizes the first letter of each field except numeric and e mail fields You do not have to use the Graffiti capital stroke to capitalize the first letter of the name Tap the Last Name selected field Enter the person s information in that field Repeat steps 4 and 5 to enter the other information that you want to include in this Address Book entry Tap the arrows to move to the next page of information After you finish entering information tap the Done button to return to the Address List screen Note You can also attach a note to an entry simply by tapping Note and entering the necessary information Riddress Edit Unfiled Last nome Sri First na
200. l M HotSync 4 Tapthe check boxes to de select the files and or applications that you do not want to synchronize during a modem HotSync operation The default setting is to synchronize all files Note Applications that do not have a database such as games do not synchronize even if the item is selected in the Conduit Setup screen 5 Tapthe OK button to close the Conduit Setup screen and activate your settings for the next modem HotSync operation Performing a HotSync Operation via Modem To perform a Modem HotSync operation Note f you are not using a PalmPilot modem you need a special modem cable and an external modem Connect one end of the special modem cable to the serial connector on the SPT 1700 terminal and the other end to the external modem Do not attempt to use other kinds of cables even if they appear to be similar 1 Tapthe icon to open the HotSync application 2 Tapthe large s icon to dial the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop modem and synchronize the applications selected under Conduit Setup 3 Wait for the HotSync operation to complete If you have any problems conducting a HotSync operation refer to Troubleshooting on page 20 9 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Conducting Wireless HotSync Operations Using HotSync you can take advantage of the LAN and WAN connectivity available in business environments You can dial in to a network or use a cradle that is connected
201. l explains how to locate information on your SPT 1700 terminal with the Find command and the Phone Lookup command Chapter 5 Applications Address Book explains the Address Book application which enables you to keep names addresses phone numbers and other information about your personal or business contacts Chapter 6 Applications Calculator explains the Calculator application which allows you to perform simple calculations on your SPT 1700 Chapter 7 Applications Date Book covers the Date Book application which enables you to quickly and easily schedule appointments or any kind of activity associated with a time and date Chapter 8 Applications Expense explains the Expense application which enables you to keep track of your expenses and then transfer the information to a spreadsheet on your computer Chapter 9 Applications HotSync describes the HotSync utility which allows you to synchronize data between the SPT 1700 and your computer Chapter 10 Applications ScoutSync Client describes the ScoutSync application which enables you to connect your SPT 1700 terminal to a Scout Server and transfer data between the ScoutSync Client and your company s back end applications and databases Chapter 11 Applications AvantGo Client and Mobile Link provides information about using the SPT 173x terminal with the AvantGo and Mobile Link applications to access the Internet XV SPT 1700 Series Product Reference
202. l High Priority box Ignore Messages Containing Truncata 3 Tap OKto confirm your selection and close the HotSync Options screen Note This setting is applicable only if your e mail application has the capacity to flag high priority messages Truncating Messages The Truncate feature lets you set a point at which long messages truncate when downloading to your SPT 1700 terminal By default this Truncate value is 4000 characters By truncating long messages you reduce the time it takes to synchronize your desktop e mail and SPT 1700 Mail as well as the amount of storage space e mail uses on your SPT 1700 terminal Note Truncation is separate and independent from filtering 12 26 Applications Mail To truncate messages 1 Tapthe Truncate button in the HotSync Options screen to open the Truncate Options screen HotSync Options Li Tap to Truncate Options Li Settings for e Local HotSync select Truncate message after E E Send only Filter Unread maximum 250 characters length 500 characters 1000 characters All messages will be syn chronized between the 2000 characters handheld computer and the Pa NE ER E Mail application PX IE 6000 characters 8000 characters Tap Tee 2 Tap to select the truncation setting you want The values range from 250 characters to 8000 characters Tip If you select a low truncation value you will have more room on your SPT 1700 terminal to stor
203. l requires a dedicated port It cannot share a port with an internal modem or other device If you are unsure about the location of the serial port on your computer refer to the user s manual supplied with the computer Refer to Chapter 9 Applications HotSync for instructions on configuring the cradle and terminal for modem synchronization CRD1700 4000E Ethernet Cradle Before setting up the cradle make sure that Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Software p n SW 35138 xx is installed and running on the host computer as well as properly configured Network HotSync software on the SPT 1700 terminal Refer to the section Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Software on page 1 23 for instructions on installing this software Specific software setup necessary to use the CRD1700 4000E is discussed in Chapter 9 Applications HotSync A DHCP server must be configured and operational on the subnet to which the cradle will be attached To connect the cradle 1 Connectthe power supply cable round plug to the power connector on the back of the cradle 2 Connect the power supply AC plug to a standard electrical outlet Note nternational customers must use a separate AC power cable appropriate for their respective country DC Power Connector The cradle s LEDs blink then remain off until a terminal is inserted into one or more of the slots Getting Started with the SPT 1700 To set up for network commu
204. lay Fill messages will be syn Filter Ef Retrieve All High Priority chronized between the handheld computer and the options Ignore Messages Containing E Mail application DE Cancel Truncate y i Ignoring or Receiving Messages To define whether to ignore or receive messages that match the information you specify tap the pick list in the middle of the HotSync Options screen and select one of the following settings HotSync Options L1 HotSync Options L1 Settings for w Local HotSync Settings for w Local HotSync Lan Send only EIER An send only KE Ef Retrieve All High Priority Y Retrieve All High Priority Ignore Messages Containing To Fram Subj CD Gr ra Select Filter option Ignore Tells your SPT 1700 terminal to exclude the messages that meet the Messages defined criteria and download all other messages during Containing synchronization In general this filter downloads more mail during synchronization because it blocks only one defined subset of mail 12 23 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide S Retrieve Tells your SPT 1700 terminal to include only the messages that meet Only Msgs the defined criteria and to ignore all other messages during Containing synchronization This filter may block more mail during synchronization because it downloads only one subset of mail Defining Filter Strings Messages are filtered based on the information contained in th
205. lay Options Allows you to change the Date Book s appearance and which events display Display Options 1 Day View M Show Time Bars V Compress Day View Month View V Show Timed Events O Show Untimed Events O Show Daily Repeating Evts Show Time Bars Activates the time bars that display in the Day View The time bars show the duration of an event and illustrate event conflicts e Compress Day View Controls how times display in the Day View When Compress Day View is off all time slots display When it is on start and end times display for each event but blank time slots toward the bottom of the screen disappear to minimize scrolling Month View settings These check boxes apply to the Month View of the Date Book You can activate any or all of these settings to show that you have Timed Untimed or Daily Repeating events in the Month View only Phone Lookup Activates the Phone Lookup feature Refer to Using Phone Lookup on page 4 4 Security Opens the Change Security screen where you can change the security of the open memo Refer to Chapter 15 Applications Security for details About Date Shows version revision information for the Date Book application Book 7 20 Chapter 8 Applications Expense Chapter Contents e AA Perdre det Boe dos P rbd be dod Boe bbc bap d SHOES Ple PR i edat OPONA EXPONSE uua casados aen deem ce de p dO Ed d be dui do i OR d gd Ard dopo onda sing Eq euo psp vexata eq a
206. ld and the phone number in the Calling Card field 14 16 Applications Preferences To enter your server phone number 1 Tap the Phone field to open the Phone Setup screen Phone Setup a Phone 00 Enter your ISP phone number here O Dial prefix O Disable call waiting O Use calling card 2 Enter the phone number you use to reach your ISP or dial in server Entering a Prefix A prefix is a number that you dial before the telephone number to access an outside line For example many offices require that you dial 9 to dial a number outside the building To enter a prefix 1 Select the Dial Prefix check box to activate this feature Phone Setup Li Select this box Enter your if you need to O Disable call waiting 1170 prefix here use a prefix Use calling card 2 Enter the prefix you need on the Prefix line 3 Tap OKto confirm your selection and return to the Network Preferences screen 14 17 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Disabling Call Waiting Call Waiting can cause your session to terminate if you receive a call while you are connected If your telephone has Call Waiting disable this feature before logging into your ISP or dial in server To disable Call Waiting 1 Select the Disable call waiting check box to activate this feature Phone Setup Li Phone 00 Enter your disable code here Select this box if you need to disable Call Waiting
207. lete a few simple setup steps performing a HotSync operation is as simple as pressing a button Follow the steps in the next section to complete the setup Performing a HotSync Operation for the First Time The first time you synchronize your data you need to enter user information on both the SPT 1700 terminal and the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Once you enter this information and synchronize the HotSync Manager recognizes your SPT 1700 terminal and doesn t ask for this information again If you are a System Administrator preparing several SPT 9 3 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 1700 terminals for a group of users refer to Conducting Wireless HotSync Operations on page 9 18 performing the following steps Important You must perform your first HotSync operation with a local direct connection rather than using a modem Note The following instructions assume that you have already installed Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software on your computer If you have not yet installed the software refer to Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Software on page 1 23 for details To perform a HotSync operation for the first time 1 Double click the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop icon on the Windows desktop or select Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop from the Start menu to start the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software 2 Click the amp icon in the Windows System Tray to open the HotSync Manager menu Tip The Windows System Tray
208. lly turns the SPT 1700 terminal off after a period of inactivity Refer to General Preferences on page 14 10 21 3 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Note When the scanner is in use battery life is shorter and depends on the number of scans performed per minute 21 4 If the battery becomes low while using the scanner application the scanner application de activates and you receive the message Battery low error The other functions still work until another low battery alert occurs When the scanner de activates perform a HotSync synchronization to back up your data before charging the battery to prevent data loss If you try to scan when your battery is low you receive the message Your battery is too low for scanning When you receive this message recharge your battery and attempt scanning again Similarly if the battery becomes low in the course of normal use an alert displays on the terminal screen describing the low battery condition The message you receive is Your batteries are low Place the handheld in a hotsync cradle to recharge If this alert displays perform a HotSync synchronization to back up your data before you charge the battery As the battery life becomes extremely low you receive the message Your batteries are extremely low Place the handheld in a hotsync cradle to recharge If you remove the battery the built in backup power of your SPT 1700 terminal maintains memory data for a
209. ly when you switch to another application 1 minute Your SPT 1700 terminal waits one minute for you to open another application before it drops the connection 14 21 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide S 2 minutes Your SPT 1700 terminal waits two minutes for you to open another application before it drops the connection 3 minutes Your SPT 1700 terminal waits three minutes for you to open another application before it drops the connection Power Off Your SPT 1700 terminal keeps your PPP or SLIP connection until you power off your SPT 1700 terminal or until it times out This option works best with the PalmPilot Modem 2 Tapthe OK button to confirm your selection and return to the Network Preferences screen Defining Primary and Secondary DNS The Domain Naming System DNS is a mechanism in the Internet for translating names of host computers into IP addresses When you enter a DNS number or IP address you are identifying a specific server that handles the translation services Each IP address has four sections separated by periods In the Details screen enter each section separately Each section of an IP address is made up of a number from 0 to 255 numbers are the only allowable characters in this field Note Ask your Internet Service Provider or System Administrator for the correct Primary or Secondary DNS IP numbers Tip Many systems do not require that you enter a DNS If you are not sure leav
210. m Terminal Desktop an Excel macro populates an expense template with your data based on the rules specified in a spreadsheet file named Maptable xls The Maptable xls file is an editable spreadsheet that functions as a mapping table which guides the Excel macro in extracting the Expense data The mapping table tells the Excel macro how large the spreadsheet is and provides the data cell layout of the Excel template used for the Expense Report Customizing Existing Sample Templates Four sample Expense Report templates have been provided and are stored in the Templates folder which is in the same folder as the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop application If the layout of one or more of these templates is appropriate for your reporting needs you can easily customize the templates with your company name and other information To customize a sample Expense Report template 1 Make a backup copy of the contents of the Templates folder 2 Open the sample template you want to modify to open it in Microsoft Excel 3 Make the changes you require A 6 Using Expense Templates and Custom Expense Reports Important Do not insert rows or columns in the sample template Doing so changes the way your Expense data maps to the template and causes errors If you want to move the cells to a different location or add or delete rows or columns make changes to the Maptable xls file You can insert your own company logo without changing the Map
211. m connected to your computer 6 If needed enter a dial prefix such as 9 to access an outside line and then tap the Dial Prefix check box Tip You can enter a comma in the field to introduce a pause in the dialing sequence 7 If the phone line you re using for the SPT 1700 terminal has Call Waiting select the Disable call waiting check box to avoid an interruption during the modem HotSync operation 8 If you want to use a calling card to place the call select the check box and enter the calling card number 9 Tap OKto return to the HotSync screen 10 Tap the icon to open the HotSync menus 11 Tap Modem Sync Preferences from the Options menu to display the Modem Sync Preferences screen 12 Select Direct to Modem 13 Click OK Selecting the Conduits for a Modem HotSync Operation The Conduit Setup screen on your SPT 1700 terminal enables you to define which files and or applications synchronize during a modem HotSync operation Use these settings to minimize the time required to synchronize data with a modem To change the Conduit Setup for a modem HotSync operation 1 Tapthe icon to display the HotSync screen 2 Tapthe icon to open the HotSync menus 3 Tap Conduit Setup from the Options menu to open the Conduit Setup screen 9 16 Applications HotSync Conduit Setup Li Select the conduits to run during Modem HotSync Address Apps V Calc M Date Book M Expense f HardBal
212. m your selection and return to the New Message screen To receive a confirmation when your message is delivered 1 Tapthe Details button in the New Message screen to open the Message Details screen 2 Select the Confirm Delivery check box to request a confirmation that the recipient received your message 3 Tapthe OK button to confirm your selection and return to the New Message screen Sending Messages When you send messages from your SPT 1700 terminal it stores them in the Outbox folder until the next time you synchronize your SPT 1700 terminal with your computer During synchronization all messages stored in the Outbox folder are transferred to the Outbox folder in your desktop e mail application Messages created on your SPT 1700 terminal are transmitted the next time you send mail from your desktop e mail application After you create a message tap the Send button in the New Message screen to send it 12 14 Editing an Unsent Message To retrieve a message Applications Mail You can edit or make changes to a message that has not been sent as long as you have not yet performed a HotSync operation When you edit a message your SPT 1700 terminal removes the message from the Outbox folder and takes you back to the New Message Screen where you can edit the message and resend it save it as a draft or cancel it 1 In the Message List screen tap Outbox from the pick list in the upper right corner to display the messages
213. me Title Company wr Work Horne Tap Done Tip You can create an Address Book entry that always displays at the top of the list by beginning the Last name or Company name field with a blank space For example you might create an If Found Call entry that contains your name and phone number in case you lose your SPT 1700 terminal 5 5 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Deleting an Address Book Entry Use the Menu Commands described in Record Menu on page 5 12 or the Address Entry Details screen to delete an entry To delete an entry with the Address Entry Details screen 1 Tap the Address Book entry that you want to delete to display the Address View screen for that entry Tap the Edit button to display the Address Edit screen Tap the Details button to open the Event Details screen Tap the Delete button to open the Delete Address alert Tap the OK button to confirm you want to delete the entry aR D Duplicating an Address Book Entry You can duplicate existing entries which can be helpful when you want to enter multiple people from a single organization When you duplicate an entry the word Copy displays next to the name in the First Name field To duplicate an entry 1 Tapthe name you want to duplicate 2 Perform one of the following Tap the Address Edit tab at the top of the screen then tap Duplicate Record in the Record menu nthe Graffiti text area of your device s scree
214. minal describes methods for troubleshooting problems with the SPT 1700 and contact phone numbers for technical support Chapter 21 Maintaining Your SPT 1700 Terminal provides information to help you take proper care of your SPT 1700 terminal and prolong battery life This chapter also discusses how to reset your SPT 1700 terminal Appendix A Using Expense Templates and Custom Expense Heports provides illustrations of the four expense templates that come with the Symbol Palm Terminal SPT Desktop software It also explains how to modify existing Expense application templates and how to create your own custom expense report templates for use with the Expense application Appendix B Non ASCII Characters for Login Scripts provides information to enable you to create custom login scripts that require non ASCII characters This information is for advanced users only About This Guide Notational Conventions This document uses these conventions Terminal refers to any model of SPT 1700 User refers to anyone using an application on the SPT 1700 You refers to the End User System Administrator or Technical Support person using this manual as a reference to install configure operate maintain and troubleshoot the SPT 1700 Italics are used to highlight specific items in the general text and to identify chapters and sections in this and related documents Bullets indicate lists of alternatives or action items
215. minals on page 3 30 for more information Options Menu Applications Date Book When you select the Options menu its commands display on screen Font Preferences Hg Font HF Preferences Rh Display Options y Y Phone Lookup L Security H About Date Book Opens the Select Font screen where you can choose a different font text style for your Date Book entries Refer to Choosing Fonts on page 3 23 for details Enables you to set the range of times that display in the Date Book and to automatically activate alarms for each event Preferences O Alarm Preset Alarm Sound Alert Remind Me w 3 Times Play Every w 10 minutes Start End Time Enables you to define the start and end times for the Date Book screens If the time slots you select do not fit on one screen you can tap the arrows to scroll up and down Alarm Preset Automatically sets an alarm for each new event The silent alarm for untimed events is defined by minutes days or hours before midnight of the date associated with the event Alarm Sound Controls the tone the alarm generates when it sounds i e Alert Bird Concert Phone etc Remind Me Defines how many times the alarm sounds The choices are Once Twice 3 times 5 times and 10 times Play Every Defines how often the alarm sounds The choices are every Minute 5 minutes 10 minutes and 30 minutes 7 19 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Disp
216. modem 11 9 Using the Channel Manager 11 4 Using the Forms Manager 11 6 Using with a modem 11 8 B Batteries euto of delay cese es 14 12 battery considerations iocus 21 3 Beam ing business card Business Card C Calculator DUONG sob tekERPRp E Rr cp Bd menu commands recent calculations 6 5 US co Di doom add t Calculator Application pec ES Rade eee Categories Address Book entries E NN TOU eral Conducting Hot Tied peratiol Sada se ween ant pg contacting bere Preyer dude a Ei Te D Date Book alarm Lo Ch nging the viev Weiss Deleting an Event 7 event conflicts 7 15 eveni on Loros M king Private Evon bd des bade ane deb menu commands 7 17 month view Index Working in Agenda V View IURE ss 7 16 bese A in eek VIEW sisissiusss 18 E Entering Receipt Details Entries Address Book 5 4 BOAMING 22x RR RRIDLE ES sl Ethernet Cradle Ci ring Remote Host PC 9 24 HotSync Process Ethernet cradle installing NetSync pfiohs oo cize e eb ess Due Event ct ing to untimed 222a rias 720 C 22 Date Book scheduling A deleting j ESTE in week view 7 14 private OT 18 repeat ad setting alarm peer 73 start and durai DEA A eeeeeeegee T SPT 170
217. mp ts Date time stamp dts Meeting me Breakfast br Lunch lu Dinner di For example to enter the current date and time draw the following strokes Using the On Screen Keyboard You can activate the on screen keyboard any time you need to enter text or numbers on your SPT 1700 terminal as an alternative to Graffiti Note that you cannot enter Graffiti characters while using the on screen keyboard To use the on screen keyboard 1 Open any SPT 1700 terminal application such as the Memo Pad application as described in the previous section 2 Tapany record name or tap the New button SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 8 Tapthe left target to open the Alpha keyboard or tap the right target to open the Numeric keyboard Tap here for letters Tap here for numbers keyboard keyboard lalwfelr t ylufifolo Backspace tla stat efoln i e i eoe 2 xl e v e n m 4 Carriage return cen Tab Caps lock Caps shit Done Tap here to display Alpha keyboard International a j j s c f e Mif le laleli i eii mgppgggppanra shift space slk Done abe abc 123 123 Int l Tap here to display International keyboard Tap here to display Numeric keyboard 4 Tapthe characters of the on screen keyboard to enter text and numbers Note The on screen keyboard also includes a dialog for international characters You can
218. n drag a diagonal line from the lower left to upper right to display the Command toolbar then write a T in the Graffiti text area to initiate the Duplicate Record command 3 Edit the record as necessary Working with Address Book Entries Your SPT 1700 terminal enables you to quickly find your Address Book entries group them by category and display the entries by name or company name You can also choose the type of information you want your entries to include and exchange Address Book information with other SPT 1700 terminal users 5 6 Applications Address Book Looking Up Address Book Entries When working with the Address Book the scroll button on the front panel of the SPT 1700 terminal makes it easy to navigate among your address entries In the Address List screen the scroll button moves up or down an entire screen of address entries If you hold down the scroll button you accelerate the scrolling so that it displays every third screen In the Address View screen the scroll button moves to the previous or next address entry You can also use the Address List Look Up feature to quickly scroll to any of your Address Book entries To look up an Address Book entry 1 Display the Address List screen 2 Enter the first letter of the name you want to find Christiansen Erin 6526 D Keefe Chelsea 425 1 cott Hayley 243 9652 H mith Doris 212 555 1754 wmbol Support 1 800 659 2240 Look Up line
219. n the trigger is pressed Aim Duration Defines the length of time the laser pointer beam remains on when the trigger is pressed or the scan button is tapped Code Setting Code ID Char Defines the CodelD Character The options are None AIM and Symbol Tx Format Defines the data transmission format Prefix Suffix Defines the Prefix and Suffix values Beep Menu This menu option allows you to customize the Frequency Duration and Pattern of the scanner s beep 17 6 Applications Laser Scanner Options Menu When you select the Options menu its commands display on screen Setup Beep LUS Reset Defaults R Reset Defaults Allows you to reset the default values About Provides version information Scanning 1 D Bar Codes Using Demo Scan To scan 1 D bar codes 1 Tapthe icon to open Demo Scan 2 Customize your scanner s features by selecting from the various options described previously 3 Aim the scanner at the bar code 4 Presseither the right left or center scan trigger or tap the Scan Button Make sure the red scan beam covers the entire bar code The green scan LED lights and a beep sounds to indicate a successful decode NN 00 Barcode Application The Barcode application is a basic receiving application which demonstrates the terminal s scanning and signature capture capabilities To use Barcode 1 Select the Barcode icon III from your main application screen
220. n to open the Due Date pick list To Do Item Details 6 Priority Ell 2 3 4 5 Category w Unfiled Tap here to view Due Date y NoDate LM the Due Date pick list Private 2 Tapthe Due Date pick list to view potential due dates for the To Do item The following are available Today Assigns the current date Tomorrow Assigns tomorrow s date One week later Assigns the date exactly one week from the current date No Date Removes the due date from the To Do item Choose date Opens the Due Date screen where you can chose any due date that you want for the To Do item 3 Tapthe OK button to confirm your selection and close the To Do Details screen Note f you turn on the Show Due Dates option in the To Do Show options screen you can tap directly on the due date in the To Do List to open the pick list shown in step 2 16 7 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Marking a To Do Item Private An item on your To Do List can be marked as Private by tapping the Private checkbox Note it can only be Private if Security is turned on Deleting a To Do Item There are three ways to delete a To Do item simply delete the text of the To Do item use the Menu Command as described in Hecord Menu on page 16 10 or use the To Do Details screen To delete a To Do item with the To Do Details screen 1 Tap anywhere in the text area of the To Do item that you want to delete 2 Tapthe Details button to o
221. n warning that you are about to erase all the data stored on your SPT 1700 terminal do one of the following Press the upper half of either of the scroll buttons on the front panel of the SPT 1700 terminal to complete the hard reset and display the Digitizer screen Press any other button to perform a soft reset Note With a hard reset the current date and time are retained Formats Preferences and other settings are restored to their factory default settings 21 6 Appendix A Using Expense Templates and Custom Expense Reports Introduction This appendix provides illustrations of the four expense templates that come with the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software and describes how to use or modify any of these templates when creating expense reports with data from the Expense application It also provides information about creating your own custom expense report templates for use with Expense A 1 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Sample 1 Travel Expense Heimbursement Claim Form Office Use Only Audited Project Approved Processed Currency Exchange US Dollar Expense Date Country Amount Rate Amount Note Description of Expense Claim Signature EOL Approval SPOR SEMIN PERSONNEL OM IF NS Mh Sample1 i Z a Sample 2 Using Expense Templates and Custom Expense Reports E ample2 xit LODGING 12 Lodging amp Hotel 13 Laundry
222. nications 1 Ensure there is a DHCP server accessible to the CRD1700 4000E on the subnet to which it will be attached 2 Connect one end of a standard 10 Base T network cable to the middle connector on the back of the CRD1700 4000E Connect the other end of the cable to a hub which is connected to your subnet 3 Power up the unit the CRD1700 4000E performs its power up sequence then attempts to collect all network parameters from the local DHCP server Mm E o E If configuration of the unit from the local DHCP server fails all LEDs flash red The unit becomes unresponsive until power is removed the unit is connected to a network with a DHCP server and power is restored Note Before communication between the SPT 1700 terminal and the host computer can take place the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop Software must be installed and running on the host computer VCD 1700 Series Vehicle Cradle The SPT 1700 provides a serial port at the bottom of the terminal When you insert a terminal into a VCD 1700 cradle it connects to the cradle s serial port The terminal can then use the cradle s serial port to communicate with an external device To connect the cradle 1 Plug a 9 pin serial cable into the serial port located next to the power port at the bottom of the cradle Note that some devices may require the serial cable to be a null modem cable A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide
223. nnels A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Using the Forms Manager To view the Forms Manager 1 2 Tap the 6 icon to open the AvantGo Client menus Select Forms Manager from the Channel menu AvantGo Client displays a list of forms that you ve submitted or are going to submit during the next sync Forms Mannuger DEZE thi O 2 32p success L 2 33pRe taurantRow success Delete All PR IA If the form was submitted successfully the word success displays to the right of the form s name Tap the Success button to view the form AvantGo Client displays the result page sent by the channel the next time you synchronize your data Editing Forms in the Forms Manager Cue 1 Tap the icon to open the AvantGo Client menus Select the Forms Manager from the Channel menu The Forms Manager displays In the third column tap the linked title of the form The form displays Edit the form then tap the Submit button AvantGo Client displays a message indicating the form will be submitted on the next synchronization Tap OK Applications AvantGo Client and Mobile Link Deleting Forms in the Forms Manager 1 Tapthe icon to open the AvantGo Client menus Select Forms Manager from the Channel menu The Forms Manager displays 2 Tap Delete All or tap the checkbox to the left of the form s listed in the Forms Manager that you want to delete 3 Tap Delete 4 Tap OKto confirm the deletion U
224. not know the phone number tap the Phone book button to access the SPT 1734 terminal s Address Book The following screen displays Select phone number 09774 1845176 078878332870 07814919617 Tap here to look up a phone number Note The Phone Book only displays items with a last name and a mobile phone number 4 Tap Look Up to search for a phone number To find a phone number more quickly enter the first letter of the name you want to find in the Look Up line at the bottom of the screen The list scrolls to the first name that starts with that letter You can continue to add letters to narrow your search 5 Tap the Paste button to insert the phone number into the message on the Send SMS screen Applications GsmDemo 6 Tap the Send button to send the message A successful message screen displays Success D Message sent Data Call The Data Call feature is used to test and ensure that the modem can send and receive calls Note You must use the Graffiti writing area when entering information in the Data Call screen To test the modem 1 Select Data call from the main pick list The Data Call screen displays mmm Data Call The current activity fiction Idle Clear screen Clears any entered commands from the screen Dial Calls another terminal or modem Hangup Disconnects the session Action Possible actions include Idle Connected Hanging up Hangup failed or Hung up 18 7
225. ns Launcher 6 Tap the pick list in the upper right corner of the screen and select the application category you want to display Tip You can also tap the Q icon to scroll through the application categories Writing Graffiti with the Stylus Your SPT 1700 terminal includes Graffiti handwriting software as the primary system for entering text and numbers Graffiti is a system where simple strokes you write with the stylus are instantly recognized as letters or numbers This section explains the basics of Graffiti and how to make strokes in the Graffiti writing area Your SPT 1700 terminal also includes Giraffe a game you can use to practice writing Graffiti Refer to Installing Games on page 19 6 for instructions on how to install Giraffe Practicing Graffiti with the Memo Pad The Memo Pad application is ideal for practicing the Graffiti alphabet This section explains how to open the Memo Pad and use it to practice Graffiti A complete explanation of the Memo Pad application appears in Chapter 13 Applications Memo Pad To open the Memo Pad application 1 Press the Qj button on the front of your SPT 1700 terminal to open the Memo Pad application 3 6 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal 2 Tapthe New button to open a new Memo Page Memo List w All 1 11 22 Meeting Minutes New memo cursor o me A Write in Graffiti area Note A cursor displays in the upper left c
226. ns Preferences Introduction The Preferences screens enable you to customize the configuration options on your SPT 1700 terminal With the Preferences screens you can e Set the current date and time the auto shut off interval and the overall system alarm and game sounds e Set the display format for dates times and numbers e Configure your SPT 1700 series terminal for use with a modem Assign your name phone number and other owner information to your SPT 1700 series terminal Assign different applications to the buttons on the front panel of your SPT 1700 series terminal Define a list of Graffiti abbreviations Calibrate the screen on your SPT 1700 series terminal e Configure your SPT 1700 series terminal for use with a network including Spectrum24 SPT 174x only CDPD SPT 1733 only and GSM SPT 1734 only To open the Preferences screens 1 Tapthe Q icon to open the Applications Launcher 2 Tapthe icon to display the last Preferences screen you used 3 Tapthe pick list in the upper right corner to select the Preferences screen you want to view Buttons Preferences The Buttons Preferences screen enables you to associate different applications with the buttons on the front of the SPT 1700 terminal For example if you find that you seldom use the To Do List application and often use the Expense application you can assign the To Do List button to start the Expense application Any changes
227. nsfer is complete before you continue working on your SPT 1700 terminal To receive beamed information 1 2 Turn on your SPT 1700 terminal Point the IR port directly at the IR port of the transmitting SPT 1700 terminal to open the Beam Status screen Tap the Yes button to accept the transmission Wait for the Beam Status screen to indicate that the transfer is complete then tap the OK button to display the new entry Note ncoming entries are filed under the Unfiled category 3 31 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide To turn beaming off 1 Tapthe Applications icon then Prefs 2 In the pick list in the upper right corner pick General The Beam Receive pick list gives you the options of On or Off Scanning with the SPT 1700 The SPT 1700 has an integrated laser bar code scanner which if your unit is configured to use scanning input allows you to collect data by scanning bar codes To scan bar codes with the SPT 1700 1 Start your scanning application 2 Aim the scanner at the bar code 3 Press either the right left or center scan trigger Make sure the red scan beam covers the entire bar code The green scan LED lights and a beep sounds to indicate a successful decode 3 32 Chapter 4 Finding Information With Your SPT 1700 Terminal Chapter Contents ROSE TION eee A ER TARA AAA Rab oan aol eaae tb d CR ati d de od 4 3 Usine tie FIBA COMA erreti er
228. ntario Canada LAW 472 905 629 7226 Asia Pacific Symbol Technologies Asia Inc 230 Victoria Street 404 05 Bugis Junction Office Tower Singapore 188024 337 6588 Inside Singapore 65 337 6588 Outside Singapore Austria Symbol Technologies Austria GmbH Prinz Eugen Strasse 70 Suite 3 2 Haus 5 Stock 1040 Vienna Austria 1 505 5794 Inside Austria 43 1 505 5794 Outside Austria Europe Mid East Distributor Operations Contact your local distributor or call 44 208 945 7360 xix 2 Finland Oy Symbol Technologies Kaupintie 8 6 FIN 00440 Helsinki Finland 9 5407 580 Inside Finland 358 9 5407 580 Outside Finland Germany Symbol Technologies GmbH Waldstrasse 68 D 63128 Dietzenbach Germany 6074 49020 Inside Germany 49 6074 49020 Outside Germany Latin America Sales Support 7900 Glades Road Suite 340 Boca Raton Florida 33434 USA 1 800 347 0178 Inside United States 1 561 483 1275 Outside United States Netherlands Symbol Technologies Kerkplein 2 7051 CX Postbus 24 7050 AA Varsseveld Netherlands 315 271700 Inside Netherlands 31 315 271700 Outside Netherlands XX SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide France Symbol Technologies France Centre d Affaire d Antony 3 Rue de la Renaissance 92184 Antony Cedex France 01 40 96 52 21 Inside France 33 1 40 96 52 50 Outside France Italy Symbol Technologies Italia S R L Via Cristoforo Columbo 49 20090 Trezzano S N Navigilo Milan
229. nto the Maptable xls file 4 Name the table Using Expense Templates and Custom Expense Reports In the cell immediately to the right of the cell entitled Template Name enter the exact file name of your custom Expense Report template Define the number of Sections Each row in a table defines how your SPT 1700 terminal data is placed in a Section of your custom Expense Report Note that the prepaid portion of a Section has its own row and counts as a separate Section for map table purposes even though it is not a separate Section in your template Template Name SAMPLE3 XLT ROW Fixed Label Day Date Expense Type X X Table with y four sections You may add or delete rows as necessary so that the total number of rows corresponds to the number of Sections in your custom Expense Report To clear all of the existing settings in a row click to select the row and press Ctrl Delete Entertainment Name each row to correspond to a Section of your custom Expense Report Determine the Label settings The orientation of the data fields Row Column displays in the yellow Section of the table SAMPLE T XLT ROW COLUMN Fixed Label Variable Label by Fixed Label Variable Label by DawDate Expense Type DayDate Expense Type DayiDate Expense Type DaylDate Expense Type x x Determine whether the Rows will contain expense or date information
230. o Italy 2 484441 Inside Italy 39 02 484441 Outside Italy Mexico Symbol Technologies Mexico Ltd Torre Picasso Boulevard Manuel Avila Camacho No 88 Lomas de Chapultepec CP 11000 Mexico City DF Mexico 5 520 1835 Inside Mexico 52 5 520 1835 Outside Mexico Norway Symbol Technologies Trollasveien 36 Postboks 72 1414 Trollasen Norway 66810600 Inside Norway 47 66810600 Outside Norway About This Guide South Africa Spain Symbol Technologies Africa Inc Symbol Technologies S A Block B2 Edificioi la Piovera Azul Rutherford Estate C Peonias No 2 Sexta Planta 1 Scott Street 28042 Madrid Spain Waverly 2090 Johannesburg 9 1 320 39 09 Inside Spain Republic of South Africa 34 9 1 320 39 09 Outside Spain 11 4405668 Inside South Africa 27 11 4405668 Outside South Africa Sweden Symbol Technologies AB Albygatan 109D Solna Sweden 84452900 Inside Sweden 46 84452900 Outside Sweden If you purchased your Symbol product from a Symbol Business Partner contact that Business Partner for service Warranty Symbol Technologies Inc Symbol manufactures its hardware products in accordance with industry standard practices Symbol warrants that for a period of twelve 12 months from date of shipment products will be free from defects in materials and workmanship This warranty is provided to the original owner only and is not transferable to any third party It shall not apply to any product i w
231. o eje mac Ros Peer A 3 7 Wu thg Numbers Wih QESITIU d a caasa ka ob E Dana E La RAR Cel AERA eR EMSS 3 12 Whiting Punctuation Marks With Graffiti iussa deb da ad 3 13 Writing Symbols and Extended Characters 3 14 Witting Accented Characins assess rr e RARE EEN Ree de iai 3 15 ACCA CONES e aire Rad e did el ral a dile SALE ELU 3 15 Additional Non English Characters 214 444 o eR RR se ERU 3 15 Bavigalior SUGKES cc usque A pu Qe RP EIE dx P bg RPG dud dE E RE QE Re Rd dd 3 15 Cram SRoRGUES Le chose craie RREGHEPRREE RI DUREE Y PR E TE e ERI eps Rs 3 16 Usina he On Screen Koa cursa ee etr Eg que SE PP PIE DER ERE EIOS ER EUR ES 3 17 Using Application Controls i a er sede eoe a GR d ed oed dens 3 19 MS DEM ossa s sue NLI AR e du Ed ON eS Pea Neap SAE EAR CESAR RR Ram Sq 3 20 Chposng A 3 20 Graniti Mena COMMEAR S succes eue etx RD E irit tiie tite ea 3 21 Edit I RES MITIS ET TT OC A C OO ok rae iy kee IT 3 21 ENDOSINO FOM S PEE 3 23 3 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide USM CHG E aiu cii Ea eel ee iPad PE Eb E eR RW RR d bae Md Am dde R d Es da 3 24 Usine ee Ii SiS idolo eo dead POR ol hg weak pom We dc im QE do bd d dde do adh doi 3 25 Denning a New CROJ sus usa Foxx rep ERR ERG E RH RICE nas Ben RO RA 3 26 Renaming ADIOS acies aracgera d dodo diode ak Bik dece x AN A o do de db RA FRANS ES 3 27 Attach NOR iod oui eu ed aco DECRE pA Ebo POR eee dU GR Sr AA 3 29 Making Private Enies
232. off feature enabled The Setup String in the Setup screen configures your modem incorrectly Confirm that the Speed setting in the Setup Screen is appropriate for your modem Make sure your modem is on and that it does not shut down automatically as part of an energy saving feature You may need to select a different Modem Type or enter a custom Setup String Most modems have a Setup String that causes them to send initial connection sounds to a speaker You can use these sounds to check the modem connection Make sure the modem connected to your computer is turned on and is connected to the outgoing phone line Make sure you selected Modem from the HotSync Manager menu Security forgot the password SPT 1700 terminal is not locked You can use the Security application to delete the password If you do this your SPT 1700 terminal deletes all entries marked as Private However you can perform a HotSync operation before you delete the password the HotSync process backs up all entries whether or not they are marked private Refer to Changing or Deleting a Password on page 15 7 for details forgot the password SPT 1700 terminal is locked If you assign a password and lock your SPT 1700 terminal perform a hard reset to continue using your SPT 1700 terminal Refer to Resetting Your SPT 1700 Terminal on page 21 5 for details 20 13 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference
233. ollowing sections provide instructions for setting up a new server using both of these methods Note Most applications that use Mobile Link automatically add necessary server configurations for you You rarely have to add a server configuration manually From Mobile Link 1 Tapthe icon and tap icon 2 Tapthe icon and select New Server from the Server menu Enter the Server Name Address Port User Name and Password From AvantGo 1 Tap the icon and tap the AvantGo icon 2 Tapthe icon and select Server Preferences from the Options menu Enter the Server Name Address Port User Name and Password 11 19 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Removing a Server on Your SPT 173x Terminal To remove a server on your terminal Tap the amp icon to open Mobile Link Select the server you wish to delete Tap the icon Select Delete from the Server menu PONS Refreshing Content on Your SPT 173x Terminal In rare instances you might need to refresh all data from a server To refresh all content on your terminal from AvantGo 1 Tap the icon then select Server Preferences from the Options menu 2 Choose the server and select the Refresh All Content checkbox Note Mobile Link displays this screen when the 2 icon is selected 11 20 Applications AvantGo Client and Mobile Link Mobile Link Menu Commands Mobile Link includes menu commands to make it fast and easy to perform
234. ommand you want to use 3 20 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal The menus and menu commands available depend on the application currently running on your SPT 1700 terminal and vary depending on which part of the application is currently on the screen Using the Memo Pad application as an example the menus are different for the Memo List screen and the Memo screen Graffiti Menu Commands Most menu commands have Graffiti Command stroke equivalents similar to keyboard commands on computers The command letters display on the right side of the menu commands To use the Graffiti menu commands draw the Command stroke followed by the corresponding command letter When you draw the Command stroke the Command symbol displays just above the Graffiti writing area to indicate that you are in Command mode Command d For example to activate the Select All command in the previous diagram draw the Command stroke followed by the letter s Note You do not have to tap the icon or access the menus when you use the Graffiti menu commands However since the Command mode is active for approximately two seconds you must write the letter character immediately to activate the menu command Edit Menu Commands The Edit menu is available with any screen where you enter or edit text In general the Edit Menu commands available in the Edit menu apply to text that you select in an application To select text in
235. onnect Adding Detailed Information to a Service Template If you are using one of the predefined service templates you will probably only need to enter your user name and telephone number If you are creating a new Service Templates you may need to provide additional information to your ISP or dial in server Use the Details screen to add additional information to a selected service template 14 20 Applications Preferences To select a connection type 1 Tapthe service you want to use in the Network Preferences screen 2 Tapthe Details button to open the Details screen Details Connection type T PPP Select connection type Idle timeout w Power Off Query DNS Vf IP Address Vf Automatic 3 Tapthe Connection type pick list and select one of the following connection types PPP Point to Point protocol SLIP Serial Line Internet Protocol CSLIP Compressed Serial Line Internet Protocol Note f you are not sure try PPP if that doesn t work ask your Internet Service Provider or your System Administrator for the correct connection type Idle Timeout The Idle Timeout setting defines how long your SPT 1700 terminal waits before dropping the connection with your ISP or dial in server when you switch out of a TCP IP application To set the Idle Timeout 1 Tap the ldle Timeout pick list and select one of the following options Immediate Your SPT 1700 terminal drops the connection to your ISP immediate
236. operation To remove the entry completely clear the Save archive copy on PC check box Opens the Address Book Note screen where you can create a Note for the current entry Opens an alert screen prompting you to confirm deletion of the Note attached to the entry Tap the OK button to delete the Note or tap the Cancel button to close the alert screen and keep the note Beams the current Address Book entry to another SPT 1700 terminal through the IR port Beams all Address Book entries in the current category to another SPT 1700 terminal through the IR port Enables you to select the current Address Book entry as your business card To beam your business card to other SPT 1700 terminals use the Beam Business Card command Sends the current business card to another SPT 1700 terminal through the IR port You can also initiate this command by holding down the Address Book button for at least two seconds This is a convenient way to exchange business cards with other SPT 1700 terminal users Options Menu Applications Address Book When you select the Options menu its commands display on screen Record Edit EZ 3 273 Font AF Preferences 4 Rename Custom Fields About Address Book Address List Options MMS Font F Rename Custom Fields About Address Book Address View Font Opens the Select Font screen where you can choose a different font text style for your Address Book entries Refer to Choos
237. or Done button so you can close the dialog when you are through with it The on screen keyboard is an example of a dialog Scroll bar Drag the slider to scroll the display one line at a time To scroll to the previous page tap the arrow at the top of the scroll bar To scroll to the next page tap the arrow at the bottom of the scroll bar 3 19 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Using Menus Menus are a special set of commands available in most of your SPT 1700 terminal applications Memo Pad Date Book etc The exact commands that display in the menus depend on the application that is currently running on your SPT 1700 terminal Some menu commands are common to all SPT 1700 terminal applications These are described in this section other menu commands are described in the chapters about each SPT 1700 terminal application To activate the menus 1 Open an SPT 1700 terminal application such as the Memo Pad as described earlier in this chapter 2 Tapthe icon to open the menus for the application at the top of the screen w Unfiled LIE Edit Options Delete Memo Bear Memo L Tap the Menus icon In this example three menus are available Record Edit and Options The Record menu is selected and contains the New Memo Delete Memo and Beam Memo commands Choosing a Menu After you activate the menus for an application tap the menu that contains the c
238. or expense category Sort your expenses by date or expense type Transfer your expense information to a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet version 5 0 or later on your computer Microsoft Excel is notincluded with the SPT 1700 package Opening Expense To open Expense 1 Tapthe Q icon to open the Applications Launcher 2 Tapthe Q icon to display the Expense List screen Expense wr Asx Tra Airfare j 710 Dinner EZ Eusines Meal 8 3 2 Using Expense A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Expense enables you to record the date expense type and the amount that you spent You can sort your expense items into categories or add other information that you want to associate with the item Creating an Expense Item To create an expense item 1 Tapthe New button in the Expense List to create a new item Cursor Expense types of new item Tap New Note You can also create a new expense item by writing on the number side of the Graffiti pad while in the Expense List screen The first number you write begins your new expense item 2 Enter the amount of the expense 3 Tap the Expense Type pick list and select a type from the list EMAG Airfare Tap here ev 8 4 Breakfast Bus Business Meals Incidentals Mew PTE ee Applications Expense Note As soon as you select an expense type you
239. ored in your SPT 1700 terminal including Graffiti software ShortCuts The Install conduit is used to install Palm compatible applications To customize HotSync application settings 1 Click the icon in the Windows System Tray to open the HotSync Manager menu 9 12 Applications HotSync Tip You can also click the HotSync command on the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop menu bar to open the HotSync Manager menu 2 Click Custom from the HotSync menu to open the Custom dialog Midyne m Conduit Action Synchronize the files Date Book Synchronize the files Address Book Synchronize the files Change To Do List Synchronize the files Memo Pad Synchronize the files Default Expense Synchronize the files Install Enabled Help System Handheld overwrites Desktop 3 Select the appropriate user name from the drop down list 4 Select an application in the Conduit list to choose the conduit you want to change 5 Click the Change button to open the Change HotSync Action dialog HotSync Action for Date Book OK os Cancel Help a a C Desktop overwrites handheld Check here to Lom Make new settings gc n the default C Handheld overwrites desktop Click to skip data Epp Do nothing transfer for an application 6 Determine the action you want to take Note Changing the HotSync setting from the default affects only the next HotSync operation Thereafter the HotSync Actions revert to their def
240. ormation The version of Windows you are using The actual error message or state you are experiencing The steps you take to reproduce the problem Technical Support United States and Canada Phone 1 800 659 2240 Web site http www symbol com palm Outside North America contact your local Symbol representative Refer to page xix for the Technical Support number in your country 20 15 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 20 16 Za Chapter 21 Maintaining Your SPT 1700 Terminal Chapter Contents a ile cc eee eS eoo NE 21 3 Gang Tor Your SPT 1709 Tomi sued qe pda C oe kidd n sil 21 3 Beanery Comsider soll cs age dog aedes dE PE qutd ed I dei e QR ERI RE dd 3 21 3 Resetting Your SPT 1700 Terminal 228848 dures gb medio rede de hehe oem ins x 21 5 FOI a AAA Rad QR V PELA PER IER SDE OSE PES 21 5 Pertarmirig a Hard Resets iiie ere Rte REX Y HERE YO PE RO ey feo ox 21 5 21 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 21 2 Maintaining Your SPT 1700 Terminal Introduction This chapter provides information to help you take proper care of your SPT 1700 terminal and prolong battery life It also discusses how to reset your SPT 1700 terminal Caring for Your SPT 1700 Terminal Your SPT 1700 terminal is designed to be reliable and to provide years of trouble free service However you should observe the following tips when using your SPT 1700 terminal Take care not to scratch the sc
241. orner of the Memo Page to indicate where new text will display Writing Letters With Graffiti Most people find they can enter text quickly and accurately with only minutes of practice Graffiti includes any character you can type on a standard keyboard The Graffiti strokes closely resemble those of the regular alphabet which makes it quick and easy to learn For example the following Graffiti strokes are portions of the regular alphabet equivalents AA FF K8 T7 AW 55 3 7 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide There are four basic concepts for success with Graffiti Draw the character shape exactly as shown in the tables later in this chapter like the shapes shown in the following diagram DINE The heavy dot on each shape shows where to begin the stroke Certain characters have similar shapes but different begin and end points Always begin the stroke at the heavy dot Do not draw the heavy dot it is there only as a guideline Most characters require only a single stroke When you lift the stylus from the Graffiti writing area your SPT 1700 terminal recognizes and displays the text character immediately The Graffiti writing area is divided into two parts one for writing the letters of the alphabet and one for writing numbers The small marks at the top and bottom of the Graffiti writing area indicate the two areas Write letters here 7 numbers here Division marks To write letters of the alphabet wi
242. ort order for your memos Opens the Change Security screen where you can change the security of the open memo Refer to Chapter 15 Applications Security for details Activates the Phone Lookup feature described in Using Phone Lookup on page 4 4 Shows version revision information for the Memo Pad application 13 9 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 13 10 Chapter 14 Applications Preferences Chapter Contents Pets e D e dre OE aed EO ud CR ee Buttons PIelerenCeS iussa ak RR eue eme G3 QE PLA OG eR e acid deba Roe dor RE RS Fen Celeb een ae iLou gus EE dE SERE CROCO S eMe be PME eh tt bs H t yne Buttons Preferenpes escri NW RU Connection PreleremeBS os TRE d PC Rb RRPRSRISSSRRASARITSSERRO E PR Digitizer Pis lens idee or eH Y eb EN eu eer oer ER EES Formats Preferentes ui eausa da ae ww Du ae eS Gone Dead iocos px A eb ode WR IE SE Odes a e dun Time Date Week Start and Numbers Formats Genaral Praid oS cui aies dock Sa GAS eat been ERES UI AR RO ed Eb Seng tie CONSE TIME sia orcas Shee oe a RREA E qure pe oig pIB o ccc Tem A e Tee P6 queque adito aded dec add dod RIRE donde A srk ed a ee nt ke GR ek Mh Se ied ah ead aya ho aa Trigger Wake acs bith eee E Ree ttep Reade AA GUEST Rl VW eg pr EVE Overall System Alarm and Game Sounds Beam Receive Li sionistes ebore dox DES So OR eR ED dO Y Gp ER ERE 14 1 SPT 1700 Serie
243. oyee paid Conference Company paid i Employee paid Postage Company paid E OAE MONA T vous i Employee paid i i i Section 2 Parking amp Tolls Company paid i i i i i Employee paid H i i prepaid Gifts Tips Suppli Company paid i i Incidentals Other Employee paid 1 2 3 3 5 DATE L6 7 27 BUSINESS MEALS AND ENTERTAINMENT EXPENDITURES m Section 3 Because your Expense data maps to row and column areas of your final report different Sections require different definitions for the data mapping To create additional Sections with different mapping create corresponding additional lines to the mapping table file Maptable xls Refer to Programming the Mapping Table on page A 9 for details A 8 Using Expense Templates and Custom Expense Reports If a Section contains cells for prepaid company paid expenses create an additional line in the mapping table for prepaid This will count as an additional Section in the mapping table The only data that differs in the prepaid Section from the non prepaid Section is the row column numbers for the expense type Using Your Custom Expense Report If you already have a custom Excel expense report you can use it with a modified mapping table However before you can create a Maptable xls file that corresponds to your custom Expense Report you must first analyze the
244. pen the To Do Item Details screen 3 Tapthe Delete button to open the Delete To Do alert screen 4 Tapthe OK button to confirm that you want to delete the To Do item To Do Show Options The Show Options screen enables you to control the appearance of the To Do List application To change the Show Options settings 1 Tapthe Show button in the To Do List screen to open the To Do Preferences Screen To Do Preferences Li Sortby w Priority Due Date V Show Completed Items O Show Only Due Items O Record Completion Date O Show Due Dates V Show Priorities O Show Categories Applications To Do List 2 Select any of the following settings Sort by Show Completed Items Show Only Due Items Record Completion Date Show Due Dates Show Priorities Show Categories Enables you to sort the To Do items in one of the following ways Priority Due Date Due Date Priority e Category Priority e Category Due Date Displays your complete To Do items in the To Do List If you turn off this setting your To Do items disappear from the list when you complete check them They will remain in memory until they are Purged refer to Record Menu on page 16 10 for more information about purging Shows only the To Do items that are currently due past due or have no due date specified in the To Do List When this setting is active To Do items that are not yet due do not display Replaces the due date with t
245. period of up to 2 minutes Whenever you remove the battery replace it with a fully charged spare battery immediately If you encounter any difficulties in the course of battery replacement reinstall the original battery and wait a few minutes for the backup power to recharge If the battery drains to the point where your SPT 1700 terminal does not operate it stores your data safely for an indefinite period of time In this case there is enough residual energy in the battery to store the data but not enough to turn on your SPT 1700 terminal If your SPT 1700 terminal does not turn on when you press the red power button charge the battery immediately If you leave a drained battery in your SPT 1700 terminal for an extended period of time you can lose all of the stored data If this happens replace the battery and use the reset button to reset your SPT 1700 terminal Refer to Resetting Your SPT 1700 Terminal on page 21 5 After you reset your SPT 1700 terminal perform a HotSync operation to restore the data from your computer If your battery becomes low while the terminal is still associated with a WAN the terminal disconnects from the network Recharge the battery using the cradle or the synchronization charging cable then reassociate with the network Maintaining Your SPT 1700 Terminal Resetting Your SPT 1700 Terminal Under normal circumstances you will never have to use the reset button However on rare occasions your SPT 1700 t
246. plication and all other aspects of your SPT 1700 terminal that display a calendar General Preferences The General Preferences screen is where you set the time date auto shut off interval and sounds for your SPT 1700 terminal Setting the Current Time Use the Set Time button in the General Preferences screen to set the current time for your SPT 1700 terminal 14 10 To set the current time Applications Preferences 1 Tapthe time in the General Preferences screen to open the Set Time screen Preferences General Set Time Set Date Auto off after Stay on in Cradle Trigger Wake Overall Sound System Sound Alarm Sound Game Sound Beam Receive 2 minutes m Of Low High High High r Off i Tap here Set Time EN 2 Tapthe up or down arrows to change the number for the hour 3 Tapthe minutes numbers and then tap the arrows to adjust the settings for the current time 4 Tapthe AM or PM box to select the time of day Note Your SPT 1700 terminal can also display time based on a 24 hour clock Refer to the Formats Preferences on page 14 9 5 Tapthe OK button to close the Set Time screen and return to the General Preferences screen Setting the Current Date Use the Set Date button in the General Preferences screen to set the current date for your SPT 1700 terminal To set the current date 1 Tapthe date in the General
247. pplication enables you to manage your e mail while away from your desk Mail synchronizes the mail in your desktop e mail application with the mail on your SPT 1700 terminal For example if you read a message on your SPT 1700 terminal and leave it in your inbox your next HotSync operation marks it as read on your desktop e mail Similarly if you delete messages from your SPT Mail your next HotSync operation also deletes the messages from your desktop e mail application so you never have to delete messages twice With Mail you can e Use your SPT 1700 terminal to send and or retrieve e mail messages from your desktop e mail application e View delete file and or reply to incoming mail Create outgoing messages as well as drafts of messages that you can complete later Create simple or complex filters which allow you to decide the type of e mail that your SPT 1700 terminal retrieves from your desktop e mail application Setting Up Mail on the Desktop Before you use Mail for the first time make sure your desktop e mail application is up and running You must also setup the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software for use with your desktop e mail application Note The following instructions assume that you have already installed Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software on your computer and that you did not set up Mail during the installation If you have not yet installed the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software the ins
248. preadsheet Refer to Transferring Your Data to Microsoft Excel later in this chapter for more information Currency Vendor and City Attendees Receipt Details Category Type Payment Currency Vendor City Attendees ME fi y Applications Expense Enables you to choose the type of currency used to pay the expense item The default currency unit is defined in the Preferences screen refer to Preferences on page 8 17 later in this chapter You can also display up to four other common types of currency Refer to Customizing the Currency Pick List on page 8 8 for details Enable you to record the name of the vendor usually a company associated with the expense and the city where the expense took place For example a business lunch might be at Rosie s Cafe Vendor in San Francisco City Displays Attendees screen which resembles a memo in the Memo Pad You can use this screen to list the people who attended the activity associated with the expense or to make notes such as the purpose of the expense Unfiled w Lunch w MasterCard v Rosie s Cafe E Note You can tap the Lookup button to display the names and the corresponding companies of the people in your Address Book The Lookup button s function is similar to the Phone Lookup feature described in Using Phone Lookup on page 4 4 4 Tapthe OK button to close the Receipt Details screen and activate your selections 8 7
249. profile ID Note You must configure the settings before performing a synchronization To configure the ScoutSync Client preferences of an SPT 1700 terminal 1 Tapthe icon to open the Applications Launcher 2 Tapthe icon to open ScoutSync The main ScoutSync screen displays Scout Sync elcome to Scout Sync Last Scout Sync 9 1 00 2 30 pm Conduit List Scout Sync Preferences J View Log 3 Tapthe Preferences button The following screen displays Scout Preferences O Scout Server Name Port Number 8025 Profile co Password t O Chong 4 Enter the Scout Server Name and the Port Number The default connection port is 8025 and should not be changed unless instructed by your system administrator 5 Enter the Profile Applications ScoutSync Client 6 Tapthe word Unassigned in the Password field to display the Password box If applicable enter a password and tap the OK button If not tap Cancel Note Assigned replaces Unassigned after you enter a password 7 Tapthe More button The Advanced Preferences screen displays Advanced Preferences fl Start sync on app launch Close connection after sync Notify about errors during sync Check modem status before sync To synchronize on application launch tap the Start sync on app launch check box To close the network connection after a synchronization tap the Close connection aft
250. r SPT 1700 terminal saves your entry If you do not select an expense type it does not save the entry Tip Here s a quick way to create a new expense item make sure that no item in the Expense List has been selected then write the first letter s of the expense type followed by the numerical amount of the expense item This technique takes advantage of the application s automatic fill feature Refer to Options Menu later in this chapter for details Changing the Expense Item Date Initially expense items display with the date you enter them on your SPT 1700 terminal You can use the Expense application to change the date associated with any expense item To change the date of an expense item 1 Tap the expense item you want to change to highlight the date 2 Tapthe date of the selected item to open the Date screen 4 14 Taxi 4 1998 aia Hota Jon Feb Mor EE Jui Rug Sep Oct Nov Dec M TW T FS 1 414 Car Rental Tap date 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 MED iS 16 17 18 by 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3 Tap the date you want for the expense item For more information about the Date screen refer to Scheduling an Event on page 7 4 Entering Receipt Details The Expense application provides a variety of options that you can associate with an item These options display in the Receipt Details screen 8 5 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide To open the Receipt Details
251. r information Enterupto five phone numbers home work fax car etc or e mail addresses for each name Define which phone numbers appear in the Address List screen for each Address Book entry Attach a note to each Address Book entry where you can enter additional information about the entry Assign categories to your Address Book entries so you can quickly sort and view them in logical groups Opening the Address Book To open the Address Book 1 Pressthe Address Book button on the front panel of the SPT 1700 terminal to open the Address Book and display a record list Address Book Tip Press the Address Book button repeatedly to cycle through the categories in which you have records 5 3 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Address Book Entries An Address Book entry is where you store name and address information about people or businesses Your SPT 1700 terminal makes it easy to create edit and delete Address Book entries Creating an Address Book Entry You can create Address Book entries on your SPT 1700 terminal or use the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software to create Address Book entries on your computer and download the entries to your SPT 1700 terminal with the next HotSync operation Refer to Chapter 9 Applications HotSync for details Note The Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software also has data import capabilities that enable you to load database files into the Address Boo
252. r terminal The laser is emitted from the top of the unit Scanning with the SPT 1700 Included on the Symbol Palm Terminal Utility CD are two demonstration programs SScan and Demo Scan These programs are designed to assist the applications developer in writing an application for the scanner Source code for these programs is located in the Samples subdirectory of the Scanner SDK directory and the prc files are located in the prc subdirectory of the Scanner SDK directory If your terminal does not contain these demonstration programs contact your distributor To add SScan prc or ScanDemo prc to the SPT 1700 use the SPT Install Tool to designate the files to be added to the SPT 1700 during the next HotSync SScan Application The SScan application is a basic scanning application To scan bar codes with the SPT 1700 using SScan 1 Tapthe Q icon to open the Applications Launcher 2 Tapthe icon to open SScan 3 Aim the terminal at the bar code 4 Tapthe Scan button or use the left or right trigger to activate the scan beam The scan LED lights and the laser beam is emitted from the top of the terminal Make sure the beam covers the entire bar code A successful decode is indicated by a green LED and a beep The bar code data is displayed on the screen In the Bar Type field the type of symbology e g Code 39 is displayed In the Bar Data field the actual collected bar code data displays SScan Menu Commands Tap t
253. ration then reverts back to the default setting Do Nothing Turns off communication between your SPT 1700 terminal and desktop e mail application This setting applies for only one HotSync operation then reverts back to the default setting Set As Changes the default setting on an ongoing basis When you first set Default up Mail Synchronize the files is the default setting Tip To turn off mail check Do Nothing then check the Set as Default check box 12 4 Applications Mail To change your Mail setup options 1 Click the icon in the Windows System Tray to open the HotSync menu 2 Click Custom from the HotSync menu to open the Custom dialog Tip You can also click Custom from the HotSync menu in the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software 3 Click Mail in the Conduit list to indicate that you want to change these settings 4 Clickthe Change button to open the Change HotSync Action dialog for the Mail conduit 5 Modify your settings as needed 6 Clickthe OK button to confirm your changes and close the Change HotSync Action dialog Synchronizing Mail with Your E Mail Application After you have enabled and configured Mail perform a HotSync operation to synchronize Mail with your desktop e mail application For a complete explanation of how to use the HotSync feature refer to the Chapter 9 Applications HotSync6 Opening Mail on Your SPT 1700 Terminal To open mail 1 Tapthe icon to open the Applicat
254. rca 3 30 Beaming Information to Other SPT 1700 Terminals 3 30 Scanning Wine SPT 13 B uad wi dic saisons Rae S Dude ang bag dde RR 3 32 3 2 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal Introduction This chapter explains how to open applications use the on screen keyboard write with the stylus perform scanning and use common features on your SPT 1700 terminal Applications Your SPT 1700 terminal is equipped with a variety of applications which display in the Applications Launcher Use the Applications Launcher to open any application installed on your SPT 1700 terminal You can also open the four main applications Date Book Address Book To Do List and Memo Pad with the buttons on the front panel of your SPT 1700 terminal Tip The buttons on the front panel provide instant access to the selected application You don t need to turn on your SPT 1700 terminal first The Applications Launcher also displays the current time battery level and application category To open applications 1 Tapthe Q icon on the SPT 1700 terminal screen to open the Applications Launcher EIE mmm All Address Calc Date Book Expense HotSync Mail Merno Pad Prefs Security To Do List 2 Tapthe icon of the application that you want to open If you have many applications installed on your SPT 1700 terminal tap the scroll bar to see all of your applications Tip As a shortcut write the Graffiti
255. re left alone and not changed If you make a change to one occurrence of a repeating event e g time that occurrence no longer shows the Repeat icon 7 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Marking a Private Event You can designate a specific event as private When you activate the Security features your SPT 1700 terminal hides all private entries and you must enter a password to display them on the screen To mark an event as private Tap the event you want to mark as private Tap the Details button to open the Event Details screen for that event Select the Private check box Tap the OK button to close the Event Details screen and return to the Date Book screen Pon Deleting an Event There are three ways to delete an event from the Date Book application simply delete the text of the event use the Menu Commands described in the Record Menu section later in this chapter or use the Event Details screen Note f you delete the text of a repeating event you delete all instances of that event If you use the Menu Command or the Event Details screen you can delete one occurrence of the event as an exception or all occurrences To delete an event with the Event Details screen Tap anywhere in the text area of the event to delete Tap the Details button to open the Event Details screen Tap the Delete button to open the Delete Event alert Tap the OK button to confirm you want to delete the event
256. reen Note f you launch Expense from the Start menu instead of Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop you must first choose your SPT 1700 terminal user name 8 10 Applications Expense 3 Select the expense category that you want to print Categories gt G Al me C Selected Categories Print Cancel T Click to select Categories Options Dates All Dates C End Date Tip Press Ctrl click to select multiple categories To print the expenses associated with all of your Expense categories click the A button in the Categories area 4 Define an end date for the expense report in the End Date area Note f you do not specify an end date all expense entries for the selected categories display up to the date of the last HotSync operation with your SPT 1700 terminal 8 11 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 5 Click the Print button to display the expense report in the Print Preview screen X Microsoft Excel ME E Hex Pfevicie Preview Page 1 of 1 NUM 6 Click the Print button in the Microsoft Excel window to print your expense report Viewing your Expense Report in Microsoft Excel To view your Expense data in a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet 1 Perform a HotSync operation to transfer your latest Expense data to your computer and make it available to Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop 2 Click the Expense button in Symbol Palm Terminal Desk
257. reen of your SPT 1700 When working with your SPT 1700 use the supplied stylus or plastic tipped pens intended for use with a touch sensitive screen Never use an actual pen pencil or other sharp metallic object on the surface of the SPT 1700 screen Although your SPT 1700 is water and dust resistant it should not be exposed to rain or moisture for an extended period of time In general treat your SPT 1700 as you would a pocket calculator or other small electronic instrument The touch sensitive screen of your SPT 1700 contains a glass element Take care not to drop your SPT 1700 or subject it to any strong impact Protect your SPT 1700 from temperature extremes Do not leave your SPT 1700 on the dashboard of a car on a hot day and keep it away from heaters and other heat sources Do not store or use your SPT 1700 in any location that is extremely dusty damp or wet Use a softlens cloth to clean your SPT 1700 If the surface of the SPT 1700 screen becomes soiled clean it with a soft cloth moistened with diluted isopropyl alcohol rubbing alcohol Battery Considerations Please note the following considerations when charging the battery in your SPT 1700 terminal Under normal conditions your SPT 1700 terminal battery should provide approximately 8 hours of use before the battery requires recharge You can conserve battery life by minimizing the use of the backlight feature and selecting the Auto off after setting that automatica
258. rform 1 MB and 2 MB local area wireless communication This model has the same available memory configurations as the SPT 1700 Performs 1 and 2 dimensional scanning and uses the Symbol Spectrum24 radio to perform 2 MB local area wireless communication This model has the same available memory configurations as the SPT 1700 Performs 1 and 2 dimensional scanning and uses the Symbol Spectrum24 radio to perform 11 MB local area wireless communication This model has the same available memory configurations as the SPT 1700 The SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide provides information about all the SPT 1700 Series terminals and its accessories xiv About This Guide Chapter Descriptions Topics covered in this guide are as follows Chapter 1 Getting Started with the SPT 1700 explains the physical buttons and controls on your SPT 1700 terminal how to install and charge the battery start your SPT 1700 terminal for the first time and set up your Symbol Palm Terminal SPT Desktop software Chapter 2 Network Setup explains how to set up your SPT 174x terminals for use on Spectrum24 SPT 1733 terminals for use on CDPD and SPT 1734 terminals for use on GSM wireless networks respectively Chapter 3 Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal explains how to open applications use the on screen keyboard write with the stylus and use common features on your SPT 1700 terminal Chapter 4 Finding Information With Your SPT 1700 Termina
259. rge Conserves memory on your SPT 1700 terminal by deleting expense categories that you no longer use The Purge command prompts you to confirm that you want to purge all the records from the selected category 8 16 Applications Expense Options Menu When you select the Options menu its commands display on screen Record Edit JTE Preferences R Custom Currencies YY About Expense Preferences Activates the Preferences screen which is used to activate the automatic fill feature and to set the default currency symbol Preferences 6 V Use automatic fill when entering data Default Currency w Use automatic fill Enables you to select an expense type by writing the first letter of an expense type in the Graffiti writing area For example if you write the letter T it enters the Taxi expense type Writing T and then E enters Telephone which is the first expense type beginning with the letters TE e Default currency Sets the default currency symbol for the Expense application Custom Enables you to define additional currency symbols Currencies for the Expense application Note Use this command only if the currency symbol you need is not available in the Currency pick list of the Receipt Details screen refer to Entering Receipt Details earlier in this chapter About Expense Shows version revision information for the Expense application A SPT 1700 Series Product Ref
260. ries terminal Topics covered include powering on the terminal using the backlight adjusting the screen contrast writing with the stylus and using the onscreen keyboard Using the Power Button Backlight Control The power button turns the SPT 1700 on and off This button also serves as your backlight control for low light conditions With the unit on press and hold the power button for approximately 2 seconds to turn the backlight on and off Note When the backlight is on the screen text displays in reverse video Using the Contrast Control The contrast control button is located on the lower right hand side of the terminal Control To adjust the contrast 1 Press the contrast control button which displays the contrast adjusting bar on the terminal s screen 2 Using your stylus adjust the contrast by scrolling the contrast bar until the contrast is set to the desired level or use either of the scroll buttons on the top of the terminal to adjust the contrast level 3 Pressthe contrast control button or tap Done on the terminal screen to turn off the contrast control 1 21 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Writing with the Stylus Your SPT 1700 includes Graffiti handwriting software as the primary system for entering text and numbers Graffiti is a system where simple strokes you write with the stylus are instantly recognized as letters or numbers Refer to Writing Graffiti with the Stylus on page 3
261. ring if recommended by the manufacturer 5 Click the Network tab to display Network settings and adjust the options as needed 9 11 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Note You must have Network HotSync software installed to use this feature Hefer to Configuring NetSync Options on page 9 22 General Local Modem Network Checked users make this their Primary PC for performing a Network HotSync operation Arthur Manzi Tiziana Perinotti TCP IP Settings 6 Click TCP IP Settings to obtain the Primary PC Name Address and Subnet Mask optional for the selected user 7 Click OKto close the Setup dialog Customizing HotSync Application Settings For each application you can define a set of options that determines how records are handled during synchronization These options are called a conduit By default the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop synchronizes all files between the SPT 1700 terminal and the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop In general you should leave the settings to synchronize all files The only reason you might want to change these settings is to overwrite data on either your SPT 1700 terminal or Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop or to avoid synchronizing a particular type of file because you don t use it In addition to the standard application conduits the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop includes System and Install conduits The System conduit backs up the system information st
262. rmation is entered through the Preferences application on the SPT 1733 terminal To configure your SPT 1733 terminal for use on a CDPD network tap the icon from the Applications Launcher The main Merlin screen displays Cellular Signal Present COPD Service Detected LH Modem Ready Registered O RSSI EN Error Detect O System Busy O Wireless Provider 3232 RF Channel Searching A Registration Error Thane Setup Wizard The first time that the Merlin Modem Manager software is started the Setup Wizard will display and prompt you through the steps to configure and set up the terminal for operation This wizard will help you setup your Minstrel in 4 easy steps 1 Select a Network Provider 2 Configure your Palm device 3 Contact a Network Provider 4 Configure your modem 2 8 Network Setup Note f this is not the first time you are accessing the Merlin Modem Manager Tap the icon and select Setup Wizard from the Merlin menu At any time you can choose to cancel the Setup Wizard and exit back to the Application Launcher by tapping the Cancel button If you do choose to cancel the Setup Wizard will be displayed the next time that the Modem Manager is selected It is recommended that once you begin the setup process you continue through to its completion 1 To begin configuration tap Next The Network Provider screen displays Network Provider OO Please select a Network Pro
263. rminal communicates with the CRD1700 4000E via a Modem Sync The Modem Sync offers many options which must be configured for use with the CRD1700 4000E Create a separate CRD1700 4000E network configuration and select it as your default Modem Sync service Use either Graffiti or the keyboard feature click in the lower left hand corner of the scratch pad on the abc to access the keyboard to enter the following information 1 2 Tap the icon to open the HotSync application Choose the Select Service box under the Modem Sync icon to create a new CRD1700 4000E service To select the Earthlink service Click Menu Duplicate Change the service name to CRD1700 4000E Leave the user name and password blank You may enter any phone number you want except 00 or you may leave it blank The SPT 1700 terminal will not be able to HotSync if you use 00 as a phone number 9 23 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Configuring the Remote Host PC for Use with the Ethernet Cradle The remote PC you wish to HotSync the SPT 1700 to must be set up for Network HotSync and configured to run from the network 1 Make sure HotSync Manager is installed and running 2 From the HotSync Manager make sure Network is checked If you don t want HotSync Manager to use a serial port make sure Local is unchecked Note 7he PC must be configured for proper TCP IP network operation The Ethernet HotSync Process Once th
264. roduct except in instances of injury to persons or property Some states or jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages so the proceeding exclusion or limitation may not apply to you xxii Chapter 1 Getting Started with the SPT 1700 Chapter Contents A a RES dac RE ob dos SSSR Dek eed Ra d BOR ORO Prol Edo ed aed 1 3 Unpacking The Terminales rires e ere el e eRUKG dob RE OR p ER dp Pod 1 3 Paper Meer WAT OU estaria da es tb ai 1 4 Getting Started withthe SPT TZDU iu ss op sew A GR SR Y Reb ERR GE Y 1 6 Sening Upihe Cadie 2 aos i a FO ERE A ea ORR Ede 1 6 Installing tie BARE curs eee es bh TORRE X rE MOONE He exe Re RR EH ere HS 1 13 Cordia o uis ag 3E inr Pee CE qp are doe Sepe ee paced ow Epp RN KE UE 1 14 Attaching ine Handsttap ses see RR ER ERROR RE RA PR Rd 1 15 Staring te SPI 1200 iun sida sauer edge de eet leere Pe oco Rod a de 1 16 Configuring the Spectrum24 Network SPT 174x only 1 20 Configuring the Wide Area Network SPT 173x only 1 20 Unete SP 900b Lun dii it aia dex dede a iot od de Se os d Ue dio Rodi d nica 1 21 Using the Power Button Backlight Control 4 ces seen ecc x ee tiurii 1 21 US OASIS CONRO METTI 1 21 Wing tlie SUS esc AAA ame de V Ra 1 22 Using the Onscreen Keyboard 1 22 Icon ESCUDOS a sie sex ege Seared eae RR RR OPERE n eR Re eR PCR UR ehem 1 23
265. rovides a place to take notes that are not associated with Date Book Address Book or To Do items With the Memo Pad you can Take notes or write any kind of message on your SPT 1700 terminal Drag and drop memos into popular computer applications like Microsoft Word when you synchronize using Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software and HotSync technology Assign categories for memos This enables you to quickly view your business related memos personal memos or any other category that you define e Quickly jot down phone numbers and other types of information Later you can copy and paste this information to other applications Opening the Memo Pad To open the Memo Pad 1 Press the Memo Pad button on the front panel of the SPT 1700 terminal to display the Memo List screen Memo Pad button Tip Press the Memo Pad button repeatedly to cycle through the categories in which you have memos 13 3 Creating a New Memo A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide A memo is the record where you enter review and modify the individual Memo Pad entries A memo can contain up to 4 000 characters the number of memos you can store is dependent only on the memory available on your SPT 1700 terminal To create a new memo 1 Open the Memo Pad application 2 Tapthe New button to create a new memo 1 11 22 Meeting Minutes Tap New t Note n the Memo List screen you can also beg
266. rrect you may bypass this step However it strongly suggested that you verify preference configuration 2 10 Network Setup 8 Tap Next to continue The Contact A Provider screen displays Contact a Provider po Please contact your Network Provider now to sign up for service ou will need to provide some personal information and your modern EID address shown below EID 00 60 06 05 EE 16 MP Other ou may proceed when the provider has given you an IP address and two DMS Addresses You are informed that you will need an IP address and two DNS addresses from your Network Provider before continuing Tap Next to continue 9 The Settings screen displays Please enter the IP Address Primary DNS Address and Secondary DMS Address given you by the carrier 10 Enter the required information and tap Next to continue You are prompted to confirm the settings Verify the information you entered is accurate and tap Next 2 11 ge SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 11 Once the modem has been configured the Auto Config screen displays our Merlin has now been configured Your Metwork Provider will tell you how long it may take to activate your account Select Next once you have waited the time to activate your account Or press Dont Wait if you do not wish t wait Tap to attempt Tap if you are going to connection with the i wait for your account network now to be registered
267. rrow to the right of these fields to display a blank screen 2 5 US 4 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Tap the Primary and Secondary DNS fields to display a keypad to enter the address information for these fields Each part of the four part address must be in the range of 0 255 numbers are the only allowable characters in these fields Ask your Internet Service Provider or System Administrator for the correct Primary or Secondary DNS numbers b Tap OK to save the information and return to the Spectrum24 Preferences Screen or Cancel to return to this screen without saving the DNS information Tap the Radio Config button to set the radio configuration parameters Note This button is available for the SPT 1746 only 2 6 Radio Configuration FPwrMode w 5 Diversity oF Both Channel 3 Preamble e Long O Encryption Kev Index w 1 Encrypt Len w 40Bit a The following parameters display PwrMode The power saving level of the terminal 5 uses the least power and is the recommended configuration Diversity Determines whether the radio firmware attempts to use one or two antenna ports for communications It is important to match this setting with the actual number of antennas in use If set to Both the radio firmware attempts to use both antenna ports for communications Both is the default and provides the best chance of a clear signal Channel Preamble Encryption Key Index
268. rt refer to Troubleshooting on page 20 9 9 10 Speed Applications HotSync amp Determines the speed at which data is transferred between your SPT 1700 terminal and Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop We suggest you try the As Fast As Possible rate first and adjust downward if you experience problems This setting allows the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop and SPT 1700 terminal to find and use the fastest speed 4 Click the Modem tab to display the Modem settings and adjust the options as needed Serial Port Speed Modem Setup String General Local Modem Network Serial Port COM3 hd Speed As FastAs Possible be Setup Sting ATS0 1M1L0 Identifies the port where the modem is located If you are unsure of the port assignment review the Modem Properties in the Windows Control Panel Determines the speed at which data is transferred We suggest you try the As Fast As Possible rate first and adjust downward if you experience problems This setting allows the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop and SPT 1700 terminal to find and use the fastest speed Identifies the modem type or manufacturer Refer to your modem manual or face plate for its type or settings If you re not sure of your modem type or your modem doesn t match any that appear in the list choose Hayes Basic Identifies the setup string for your particular modem Not all modems require a setup string Refer to your modem manual and enter the setup st
269. s Product Reference Guide Network Preferences and Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop TCP IP Software 14 13 SSSR SAS uas za cnet o ados Red b loh do od kd A 14 14 entera a Heer NO s ise db dace rai eee cdma d tags drin 14 15 Enter a POSSIDERE isa ra AA Jod C S pd dr RE AAA 14 15 Adding Connection SEUS cried rr xu rere ed peu ped PE dE qd 14 16 Connecting io Your Service ocosa krass kpbSe RE DARED SORE ANAGR AA 14 19 Creating Additional Service Templates 14 20 Adding Detailed Information to a Service Template 14 20 Idle TIMOR sas us set PRESE RUE Me YOdeh PG GE Ead RE REPREHEN EE 14 21 Defining Primary and Secondary DNS 14 22 IP Addiess iiis mad X RE RESQUE CRAT En L VR EY dor Rd ac RC Ade S 14 23 Creating a LOGIN SOHDE iueadutes iaie s deu Led doce EQUI RE d dd ia Rr be dd bd 14 24 Deleting a Service Template uisa e dam ri hice ana AA CERTA GREC CRGO RR A 14 26 Network Preferences Menu Commands 4 2 02c se00ss en ties cane RR RU E RUE RR ky 14 27 SUM cia IRA SO Ret NARA EN E e AAA 14 27 pons MONU sii gas o pi la AE add as 14 27 TERP MOUDE SHOO ay ari o O D ada 14 28 Guner PESOS porra 14 28 ROC ES MC dE 1 ERRORI TIS TI noo 14 29 Crest d ODORE desque ded pw ES PA semi eee 14 29 E CIN Nr RS REN Sd E UN pd dona eig ed Ur TR ERE LI iA 14 31 Delia Short Gill iss espe at edep xe e Ade 14 31 14 2 Applicatio
270. s and can be used by other applications to transmit and receive data Until this checkbox is selected the modem can neither transmit nor receive data RSSI Measures Received Signal Strength from the wireless base station These values range from one to ten bars The greater the number of bars the better the performance of the modem Error Detect When checked it indicates that a large number of errors have been detected by the modem Under these circumstances the modem may continue to operate but with a severely reduced performance caused by the increased likelihood of connection retries and data errors when communicating with the wireless base station System Busy When checked it indicates that the currently detected CDPD System is busy The modem may continue to operate but at a decreased level of performance Wireless Provider Displays the CDPD channels System Provider s Identifier 2 13 2 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Setting Description RF Channel Shows the CDPD channel that is currently active If the unit is not registered or is searching for a channel the value displayed will be either Searching A or Searching B depending on the state of the modem Once a channel has been detected a numeric value for the channel is displayed Registration Error This shows either None or a numeric value between 1 and 7 If None is displayed there was a suc
271. s automatically translated to a single byte value between 0 and 31 For example M is converted to a carriage return If char is a value between a and z the character sequence is translated to a single byte value between 1 and 26 If char is any other value the character sequence is not subject to any special processing For example the string Joe M transmits Joe followed by a carriage return Carriage Return and Line Feed You may include carriage return and line feed commands as part of the login script when entered in the following format cr Sends or receives a carriage return If2Sends or receives a line feed B 1 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Z For example the string waitfor Joe lt cr gt lt lf gt waits to receive Joe followed by a carriage return and line feed from the remote computer before executing the next command in the script Literal Characters The backslash character defines that the next character is transmitted as a literal character and is not subject to any special processing ordinarily associated with that character Examples includes a caret as part of the string lt Includes a as part of the string Wncludes a backslash as part of the string B 2 A ACO cs APP A IE DUE 5 4 Adding message details 12 11 Address Book 1 iilescsc hk a EA e ens 5 10 business card socecescecssntesxes 5 10 or m iL RC cadera 5 8 ereating eni side s rhienth
272. se applications 2 Tapthe icon to open the menus for your application 4 4 Finding Information With Your SPT 1700 Terminal 3 Tap Phone Lookup from the Options menu to display the Phone Number Lookup Screen Phone Nuraber Lookup Abrams Liz 650 454 6121 Rdams Ben 408 772 1900 Beckman Rachel 510 532 0746 Bertolli Marcus 213 422 1363 Bruce Jeremy 408 459 1279 Butler Richard 516 626 1424 Cain Cath 650 235 6222 W 718 824 1548 Carter Melanie 212 395 6277 i Chu Byron 213 343 9801 Conner Sandy 301 933 6833 W 4 Tapthe phone number you want to use Note To find a phone number more quickly you can enter the first letter of the name you want to find in the Look Up line at the bottom of the screen The list scrolls to the first name that starts with that letter You can continue to add letters to narrow your search 5 Tapthe Add button to close the Phone Number Lookup screen and paste the name and phone number you selected into the entry selected in step 1 Phone Lookup Tips You can also use the Graffiti Command stroke L to activate the Phone Lookup feature You can use Phone Lookup while entering text For example to insert the full name and phone number for someone with the last name Williams write the Graffiti characters for Wi then the Phone Lookup Command stroke L Assuming you have only one Address Book entry that begins with Wi your SPT 1700 terminal inserts the full
273. settings for the currently selected device list box Properties Opens the Edit Server Profile panel for the selected server Content Opens a Web browser where you can view the interface for the selected server Help Opens Mobile Link Online Help 11 13 d SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide The Device profiles drop down lists all of the profiles associated with the desktop computer Edit Server Profile Panel You can use the Edit Server Profile panel to change and or edit your server address and change your account information user name or password change your connection options and view details about the selected server 1 Click the Add button or Properties button and the Edit Server Profile panel displays Edit the fields below to add or modify a server in the profile for Palm device cdpd m Server address Hostname sync avantgo com Test Port eo gt Your account Username Carolyn Set password Connection options M Connect to this server during device synchronizations Refresh all content at next sync M Connect to this server using a secure protocol r Server Information The server at address sync avantgo com 80 is called AvantGo com To configure your account on this server visit http avantgo com mydevice index html aee Server Address Enter the name and port of your host server Test Tests the connection between the named server and
274. simple or complex filters to control the type of messages downloaded to your SPT 1700 terminal In addition you can define separate settings for local and remote synchronizations 12 29 2 Look Up About Mail 12 30 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Opens a screen which contains the Address List from your Address Book By tapping a selection you enter that address into the To field of any message you are creating Note The Look Up command is available only when you are creating a message Shows version revision information for the Mail application Chapter 13 Applications Memo Pad Chapter Contents IMPI porra aldea Sod dd Sedis Opening the Meno PA nds esses edet EROGO re dur dud RR ble be aree a New IBN S diui rro ida eder odd RR e dandi dde died Reviewing MEMOS secs eek eS D RE RE RE Rea Ra Ra der ORG RE PEOR dope Es A E qd RR RAGE RED A ASCE REDE POI RD Manually Arranging the Memo List Chossinais Memo C BIBDIO uiua dex acpadoaor e ad E RbRe E Fb esa Marking Private Memo axes eR RP ER red EWOAOR ee dt EONS E On B c Eug c P E rr idea mis biais Meme Pad Monu Commands auia aka ge ana Eo ta Ra RSR RER AAA ELA au Record Meme ges dada d P ere dioi dio iia LIIS BOUE Dp qoid dendi dee died i Mol d LU d NOR D Mo Ase Re dica dine Rol i 13 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 13 2 Applications Memo Pad Introduction The Memo Pad p
275. sing HTML Forms You can use AvantGo Client to fill out and submit HTML forms just like you do in Web browsers on a desktop AvantGo Client handles forms differently in online and offline modes When you are in online mode tap the Submit button and AvantGo sends the request to the Web site which sends back a response and displays the results on your SPT 173x terminal When in offline mode AvantGo Client can t send the request to the Web site until you sync your device with your desktop computer Therefore you are not able to view the current stock prices until after the form is submitted and the results returned through the synchronization process In this case the form submittal is saved on the SPT 173x in the Forms Manager until you sync At that time it is submitted to the Web site which sends back a response Depending on the page this response can be viewed in the channel where it was submitted or in the Forms Manager Submitting the Form To submit HTML forms in AvantGo Client 1 Fill out the form and tap the Submit button AvantGo Client displays a message saying the form will be submitted on the next synchronization 2 Tap OK The form has been added to the Forms Manager cue Tap manage forms to view the status of the form you submitted on the Forms Manager page Sending the Form Using HotSync You can send the form to the Web site by performing a HotSync operation with your desktop computer AvantGo Client uploads th
276. ss 9 18 Spectrum24 wireless 9 19 user prole se eer Re Ry 9 6 using a modem 9 14 USO FIS LINK PRETI 9 8 l installing games ucsseeu xe etr deeem et 19 6 PAISES sc coros tri a EEG 14 20 K Keyboard pen stroke scsi rr RR 14 5 L Laser Pointer Application Tc 17 10 Laser Scanner battery implications 17 10 Look Up Address Book entries 5 7 Lotus A EO d A 14 M Mail adding a signature 12 13 address IOOKUP avg are 4 eR Re 12 10 creating messages 12 7 Tull padar uisa bbb a ears 12 6 A deavkeeon a 12 8 HotSyne ODIOS rsrsrsrs 12 4 12 21 opening on SPT 1700 12 5 BUOY escri adonde 12 12 purging deleted messages 12 18 sending messages 12 14 Mapping Tables ss scorarrra renee tos A 5 Marking a Private Event 7 12 Meme Pad 2221654023 PERSE 13 3 13 4 arrangihg memos sicco ewe ee cs 13 5 CSUN oc csauaeka nexa baa 13 4 deleting memos 13 7 reviewing memos 195 Menus Address Book 5 11 Date BOOK cosa 7 17 EXPONSE 5 5 c keds eed ase Edad e Od 8 15 message OMS siissasas seda ERR 12 6 messages Hig roD au iie s echa eek dots 12 26 Microsoft EXQal icu aos m aiebat eic A 14 Transferring data to 8 10 Mobile Link COMECON ss sssisosessenanbas 11 16 SES ciones 11 13 Modem soudaine 9 15 14 6 14 13 ROSYNE rre ria
277. ss Book menus Tap Beam Category from the Record menu to beam the entries in the current category to another SPT 1700 terminal through the IR port Address Book Menu Commands The Address Book includes menu commands to make it fast and easy to perform common file and editing tasks This section explains the menu commands specific to the Address Book Refer to Using Menus on page 3 20 for information about menu commands common to all of your SPT 1700 terminal applications 5 11 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Record Menu When you select the Record menu its commands display on the screen The menu commands are slightly different depending on the current screen LOS Edit Options Beam Category Beam Business Card Address List Delete Address Attach Note Delete Note Beam Address Beam Category Select Business Card Beam Business Card 5 12 Delete Address Attach Note Delete Note YO Beam Address Select Business Card Beam Business Card Address View Opens an alert screen prompting you to confirm deletion of the current entry Tap the OK button to delete the entry from your SPT 1700 terminal or tap the Cancel button to close the alert screen and keep the entry Note By default your SPT 1700 terminal removes the entry from the Address Book but retains a copy of the entry and transfers it to an archive file on your computer the next time you perform a HotSync
278. st The Bar Code Scanner option tests the integrated scanner Selecting the Bar Code Scanner option displays the Bar Code Scanner Diagnostics Screen Bar Code Scanner sul Decoder Version MBRINCEPB F bean Mgr Version SML252 PortDrw Version SPDz5z Barcode Type Scanned Label Cf Scanner Enabled O Narrow wf Wide To test the scanner 1 Select the Scanner Enabled checkbox 2 Page down to the second page by pressing the down button on the terminal or by tapping on the arrow in the lower left corner of the screen with the stylus Bar Code Scanner ro FF Code29 O copes p UPCA E TRIOPTIC3S pu UPCE M UGC ERN 128 Ef ERM12 O MSIPLESSET pu EAMES O UPCEI O bes O BOOKLRHMD EAM O le rs O ISBT 128 O CODABRR O COUPOM M copE 28 o PDFdi7 3 Toensure that a specific type of bar code can be read select the bar code types you would like to read and tap Done 20 6 Getting Help With Your SPT 1700 Terminal Serial Port Test The Serial Port option tests the terminal s serial port by sending a test message Configure Baud w 9600 Stop e 1 Pata wi Parity e Mone Handshake e Off CTS Line State Off Test Message Thisis 0 test O Send once O Continuous i To run the serial port test Place your terminal in a cradle attached to a computer Determine which communications port is used by HotSync Right click on the HotSync icon in your computer s icon tray in
279. support SPT TCP IP To establish a connection tap the Connect button in the Network Preferences screen to dial the current service and display the Service Connection Progress messages Tip To see expanded Service Connection Progress messages press the lower half of the scroll button To close a connection tap the Disconnect button in the Network Preferences screen to terminate the connection between your SPT 1700 terminal and your service 14 19 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Creating Additional Service Templates You can create additional service templates from scratch or by duplicating existing templates and editing information After you create a new or duplicate template you can add and edit settings To add a new service template 1 Tapthe 9 icon in the Network Preferences screen to open the menus 2 Tap New from the Service menu to create a new service template called Untitled to the Service pick list and display it in the Network Preferences screen To duplicate an existing service template 1 Tapthe Service pick list in the Network Preference screen to open a list of all the predefined service templates 2 Tapthe service you want to duplicate Tap the icon to open the Network Preferences menus 4 Tap Duplicate from the Service menu to add a copy of the service template to the Service pick list and display it in the Network Preferences screen e CE Metwork Details C
280. t and connect to a server when placed in the cradle Once the device is configured when placed in a cradle it will automatically perform a synchronization until you disable the feature To automatically synchronize using a cradle with an SPT 1700 terminal 1 Open the Applications Launcher 2 Tapthe icon 3 Tap the pick list in the upper right corner and select Buttons The following screen displays CNET Euttons Select an application to ustomize each button Memo Pad Calc Applications ScoutSync Client 4 Tapthe HotSync button to open HotSync The following screen displays HotSync Buttons Customize the HotSync Button on the cradle or optional handheld modem Scout Sync Cradle y w Scout Sync Modem 5 Select ScoutSync from the Cradle pick list 6 Return to the Applications Launcher and tap the icon The main ScoutSync screen is displayed 7 Tap Preferences then More The Advanced Preferences screen displays Advanced Preferences EX Start sync on app launch Close connection after sync Motify about errors during sync Check modern status before sync 8 Select the Start sync on app launch check box and tap OK 9 Place the SPT 1700 terminal in the cradle Viewing the Synchronization Log The synchronization log of a mobile device displays a record of the date and time a user logged on and off a server It also displays the list of files and databases
281. t to assign an alarm 2 Tapthe Details button to open the Event Details screen for that event 7 8 Applications Date Book 3 Select the Alarm check box in the Event Details screen to activate the alarm Refer to Options Menu on page 7 19 for details about setting alarm options Enter numeric setting here Repeat Tap here to Private O select alarm unit 4 Tap the Alarm units pick list to select Minutes Hours or Days 5 Select the 5 default and enter any number from 0 to 99 inclusive as the numeric alarm setting 6 Tapthe OK button to close the Event Details screen and return to the Date Book screen Note You can set a silent alarm for an untimed event In this case the alarm triggers at the specified period of minutes hours or days before midnight beginning of the day of the untimed event No audible alarm sounds for an untimed event instead the reminder message displays on the screen of the SPT 1700 terminal For example you could create a reminder for an untimed event that occurs on February 4th If the alarm reminder is set for 5 minutes the alarm reminder displays at 11 55 PM on the night of February 3rd The reminder remains on the screen until you turn on your SPT 1700 terminal and tap the OK button to dismiss it Once an alarm has gone off you can dismiss the alarm for a 5 minute period using the Snooze option 7 9 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide To dismiss an alarm
282. ta for the Profile e g company phone list etc User Tech Support profile y Adam first time Midyne Tech Support profile Edit Users 9 7 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide To use a Profile for the first time HotSync operation 1 Place the new SPT 1700 terminal in the cradle and press the G button on the cradle to open the Users dialog 2 Click the Profiles button to open the Profiles dialog 3 Choose the Profile that you want to load on the SPT 1700 terminal and click the OK button to open the following alert dialog Installing a profile will overwrite all data currently on b the handheld device Are you sure you wantto do this F Don taskthis question again 4 Click the Yes button to transfer all the Profile data to the SPT 1700 terminal The next time you perform a HotSync operation the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop prompts you to assign a User name to the SPT 1700 terminal Using File Link The File Link feature enables you to synchronize the Address Book and Memo Pad information on your SPT 1700 terminal with a separate external file such as a company phone list HotSync Manager stores the data in a separate category on your Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop and your SPT 1700 terminal You can configure the File Link feature to check for changes to the external file when you perform a HotSync operation With File Link you can synchronize with data stored in any of the
283. table xls file However if you change the file name you must make a corresponding change in the Maptable xls file You can also rename cells without changing the Maptable xls file provided that the expense type corresponds to your SPT 1700 terminal data For example you can change Snack to Munchies then all items entered on your SPT 1700 terminal as Snack maps to the cell s labeled Munchies Choose Save As from the File menu and save it as a template xlt file Navigate to the Templates folder in the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop directory Note f you do not need to change the Maptable xls file save the template file with its original file name e g Sample2 xit If you do need to change the Maptable xls file give your modified template a unique name Be sure to use the xit file suffix which defines the file as a Microsoft Excel template Click the Save button to save your modified template Note f you need to modify the Maptable xls file you must do this before you can use the modified template with your Expense data To modify the Maptable xls file for your new template refer to Programming the Mapping Table on page A 9 Head all of the sections of this appendix before making changes to the Maptable xls file Determining the Layout of the Expense Report This section describes the layout considerations for the Expense Report and explains the terms used for creating the report Labels Ther
284. tal Dinner 4 4 4 4 4 4 For these settings simply enter the row or column number for the expense types that you want to display in the Section Note that the same row or column number can be used more than once An example of this would be meals that encompass breakfast lunch dinner and snacks In the previous example all expense items would be populated into row column 4 of the custom Expense Report Complete the table The remaining columns 49 57 in the table are used to define the column or row number that corresponds to the description Mark a Section for prepaid expenses yellow column If a row in the map table is for prepaid company paid expenses type a yes in the cell on that Section s row Type no in all the cells of this column that do not pertain to prepaid expenses 57 PrePaid YES L_NO Repeat steps 7 through 12 for each Section that you have defined for your custom Expense Report A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 15 The Map Expense Report Options dialog magenta section has five fields where you can specify the row and column on your template where header information will be mapped Employee Name Department HeaderlRHow HeaderlCol Header2Row Header2Col 9 2 5 2 Because header data is not related to any particular Section you have to fill in only one row If the item does not display on your template l
285. tallation procedure will prompt you to set up Mail as part of the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop software installation To set up Mail 1 Click Start on the Windows desktop to open the Start menu 2 Pointto Programs point to Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop then click SPT Mail Setup to start the setup procedure 12 3 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 3 Follow the instructions on the screen to set up your SPT 1700 terminal for use with your desktop e mail application To select HotSync options Click the icon in the Windows System Tray to open the HotSync menu Click Custom from the HotSync menu to open the Custom dialog Click Mail in the Custom list box Click the Change button The Change HotSync Action dialog displays ROME Change HotSync Action a a E Cancel a C Desktop overwrites handheld Help gua C Do Nothing I SetAs Default Your Mail is currently set up with the following configuration Mail Setup Mail System Lotus cc Mail 7 0 User Name midyne spear Post Office cAotusXcemaill mailbox 5 Select one of the following settings Synchronize Synchronizes the mail on your SPT 1700 terminal and your desktop e the files mail application Desktop Replaces the mail on your SPT 1700 terminal with the mail in your overwrites desktop e mail application Use this option only if for some reason the handheld two inboxes get out of sync This setting applies for only one HotSync ope
286. ter Charging LED Attaching the Handstrap The SPT 1700 has an optional handstrap which increases comfort when holding the terminal for extended periods of time To attach the handstrap to the back of the terminal 1 Thread the metal piece through the metal handstrap connection on the back of the terminal SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 Slide the flat metal piece into the handstrap connection on the bottom of the terminal Thread metal piece through this connector Slide flat metal piece up and into this connector 3 Adjust the velcro strap to fit your hand Starting the SPT 1700 After charging and installing the battery start the terminal by pressing the red power button on the front of the unit If the terminal does not power on perform a hard reset Note When starting the terminal for the first time or whenever the battery is completely drained a hard reset is required To hard reset the terminal 1 Remove the battery cover from the back of the terminal 2 Hold down the power button on the front of the SPT 1700 terminal 3 While holding down the power button use the tip of the stylus to gently press the reset button on the back of the terminal 4 Release the reset button 5 Release the power button Getting Started with the SPT 1700 6 When a message displays on the screen warning that you are about to erase all the data stored on your SPT 1700 terminal
287. ter 7 Applications Date Book Chapter Contents A or dole dat cop dios e E rbdiod o heheh ke deere hee PUR bol SORA ROA une d Opening Ihe Dale BOOK oassguasake depu CREER E Rr dp Foe OX RE Ao d o dq engine Dale Book ocasion peque nd tb das sado ea QUAERE FORME xd EE Se Scheduling am Eveni vues dk t ioe se rene nee a RR ER X RR CREE RE Gud Rescheduling an Eveni cir a es Setting an Alami for an Even i occcseir ke ested cy ER CER eR Ge n ERR RR RR YS Scheduling Repeating Events iocus d don RR RR d RU ester ete ERRE Marking s Pivate Event iia 22559 eek tse RORU RR EGG X Ve AAA HER Reds Deleting an Events ea GRa altia the Dale Book VIEW de asus ga added do AAA E do de A Pst IM VGER VIEW Rec e UTE AGUERO ID MOM VIEW sa ia a EROR Weeks ad bea d Le dco emits SER Vearking in Agenda VION uoa sdesxess rises e e e Peas Date Book Monu OO MMA sao aras deri d s dd hd dide de each dodo E CA CR ded RECO Wend assa ee haw be ERN EG RE doc EA AAA AAA A Luis nn bE aR de Re SALE ROARS SSE DLS OMe RETR RRE Hae eRe EOS 7 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 7 2 Applications Date Book Introduction The Date Book enables you to quickly and easily schedule appointments or any kind of activity associated with a time and date With the Date Book you can Enter a description of your appointment and assign it to a specific time and date Schedule events by time and or date repeating events such as weekly meetings and continuo
288. text style for your Address Book entries Refer to Choosing Fonts on page 3 23 for details Phone Lookup Activates the Phone Lookup feature which is described in Using Phone Lookup on page 4 4 Security Allows you to change the Security on a To Do List item You can hide show or mask an item Refer to Chapter 15 Applications Security for details About To Do Shows version revision information for the To Do List application List 16 11 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 16 12 Chapter 17 Applications Laser Scanner Chapter Contents OP oar dea coral Dc den es eke eh hk hee RR bd dre OR ded end Scanning with the SPT 1700 is iss hase e niire nii parinte KA RU RARO dae dee Eo d e Eos de sons COOMA iecur ascetur el eu ts edi B qe ad e ebbe bacr NF RE OD PM dena x Soca Menu COMMANDE e Demo Scan ADI AO ai a Demo Scan Mem Op oc porros A E Scanning 1 D Bar Codes Using Demo Scan Barcode AppliGBllald s a Ra RR ERA AAA Scanning 2 Dimensional Bar Codes 2 2 0 0 2 000 0s 000 ccc y e e Rhea Scan PONS copias ad A d Gas ARE Sen Reese Eds Battery Implications While Using the Laser Scanner 17 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 17 2 Applications Laser Scanner Introduction The SPT 1700 has an integrated scanner which allows you to collect data by scanning bar codes provided you have a scanning application loaded on you
289. th Graffiti 1 Tap the screen where you want to write your text an entry in your Data Book an e mail address etc Note A blinking cursor must display onscreen above the Graffiti writing area before you can begin writing text 3 8 Use the The Graffiti Alphabet on page 3 11 to find the stroke shape for the letter you want to create For example the stroke shown below creates the letter n Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal Note There are two different stroke shapes available for some letters For these letters choose the one that s easiest for you Lift stylus here Start stroke at heavy dot As you ll see later you use these shapes to create both upper and lowercase letters 3 Position the stylus in the left hand side of the Graffiti writing area 4 Start your stroke at the heavy dot and draw the stroke shape as it displays in the table Note Don t try to draw the dot shape itself The heavy dot is there to show the starting point of the stroke 5 Lift the stylus from the screen at the end of the stroke shape That s all there is to it When you lift the stylus from the screen your SPT 1700 terminal recognizes your stroke immediately and prints the letter at the insertion point on the screen As soon as you lift the stylus from the screen you can begin the stroke for the next character you want to write Caution You must make the character strokes in the Graffiti writing area
290. the icon to open the Mail menus 2 Tap HotSync Options from the Options menu to open the HotSync Options screen 3 Tapthe Settings for pick list and select Local HotSync or Remote HotSync HotSync Options 6 Tap here to HotSync Options Settings for w Local HotSync display Send only Filter Unread HotSync options All messages will be syn chronized between the handheld computer and the All messages will be syn chronized between the handheld computer and the E Mail application b E Mail application Note For more information about Local and Remote HotSync operations refer to Chapter 9 Applications HotSync 12 21 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 4 Tapthe filtering option you want to apply All Send Only Filter Unread During synchronization all messages in your desktop e mail Inbox synchronize with your SPT 1700 terminal and all messages in your SPT 1700 terminal Outbox are sent to your desktop e mail application During synchronization only the messages in your SPT 1700 terminal Outbox are sent to your desktop e mail application where they are sent to their final destination During synchronization all messages in your SPT 1700 terminal Outbox are sent to your desktop e mail application and messages in your desktop e mail Inbox that meet specific criteria download to your SPT 1700 terminal When you select the Filter setting the HotSync Options screen
291. the General Preferences screen displays the current date Refer to General Preferences on page 14 10 for more information Entries seem to be missing in various applications The categories pick list is set for a specific category Security may have been set for certain records Check the Categories pick list upper right corner of the screen Choose All to display all of the records for the application Check the Security application and make sure that the Private Records setting is set to Show private records HotSync Operations A Local HotSync operation does not complete successfully HotSync Manager is not running If HotSync Manager is running exit and restart it Make sure you selected Local from the HotSync Manager menu or the Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop menu Check the cable connection between the SPT 1700 terminal or cradle and the serial port on your computer Try alower baud rate setting on the Local tab in the Setup screen Make sure you are not running another program such as America On line CompuServe or WinFax that uses the serial port you selected in the Setup screen Read the HotSync Log for the user account for which you are performing a HotSync operation 20 12 Getting Help With Your SPT 1700 Terminal Problem Cause s Solution A Modem HotSync operation does not complete successfully Your modem doesn t have an auto
292. the Graffiti character strokes Use this command any time you forget a stroke for a particular character Working with Your SPT 1700 Terminal Choosing Fonts In most of your SPT 1700 terminal applications you can change the font style to make the text on the screen easier to read You can even choose a different font style for each application that supports this feature Note The Expense application does not support changing fonts To change the font style 1 Open a SPT 1700 terminal application 2 Tapthe icon to open the menus at the top of the screen 3 Tap Font from the Options menu to open the Select Font screen Select Font Tap here for large font Font Ei AJA Tap here for bold font Tap here for small font 4 Tap the font style you want to use 3 23 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 5 Tapthe OK button to close the screen and return to the application with the new font style w Unfiled Small font Unfiled Large font Bold font ZJa Using Categories Categories can help you group Address entries To Do items Memos and Expense application records for easy review You cannot however assign categories to Date Book events When you first create an entry it is automatically assigned to the currently displayed category For example if a record is created while the Personal category is displayed the record is assigned to the Personal c
293. the OK button to display a list of all instances of the text that you specified Watches for David To Do Items Call David Addresses Crensh Dawi 33 1 41 974521 W Find Datebook A eni 11 22 Meeting Minutes Mail Messages 4 3 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Note As your SPT 1700 terminal searches for the text you can tap the Stop button to stop the search at any time For instance if the entry you want displays before your SPT 1700 terminal finishes the search To continue the search after you tap Stop tap the Find More button 4 Tapthe text that you want to review The selected entry and its corresponding SPT 1700 terminal application display on the screen Using Phone Lookup In addition to using the Find feature to locate text you can search for and display phone numbers with the Phone Lookup menu command After you find a phone number you can paste it directly into an SPT 1700 terminal application For example if you want to include a phone number in a memo use the Phone Lookup feature to find the phone number and transfer it directly into the memo To use the Phone Lookup command 1 Display the entry where you want to insert a phone number This can be an event in the Date Book a To Do List Item or a memo in the Memo Pad application Note The Phone Lookup feature is not available in the Address Book and Expen
294. the Server drop down list to display available servers Enabling a Secure Connection on Your SPT 173x Terminal When you enable secure connections Mobile Link uses the HTTPS protocol to connect to a server during a HotSync The following are pre requisites for connecting using secure protocols e Your system administrator has installed the security module add on to the AvantGo Server and has enabled the use of secure protocols e You have entered a secure server as the hostname e You have synchronized your device at least once with the secure server To enable a secure connection 1 Tapthe icon to open Mobile Link 2 Choose the server from the pop up list 3 Checkthe Connect securely box 4 Tap OKto return to AvantGo Client 11 18 Applications AvantGo Client and Mobile Link Disabling a Server on Your SPT 173x Terminal You can disable a server from your SPT 173x terminal directly To disable a server on your terminal 1 Tapthe icon to open Mobile Link 2 Choose the server that you want to disable from the pop up list 3 Deselect the Enabled box Modem Syncing With a Server Using Your SPT 173x Terminal To synchronize with Mobile Link servers on your SPT 173x terminal 1 Tapthe icon to open Mobile Link 2 Tapthe Modem Sync button Setting up a New Server on Your SPT 173x Terminal There are two ways that you can set up a new server on your terminal from within AvantGo Client and from within Mobile Link The f
295. the directions as the installation program guides you through the install process 1 25 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 1 26 Chapter 2 Network Setup Chapter Contents MIMI caos dadas dedere 2 3 Configuring a Spectrum24 Connection SPT 174x Only 2 3 Configuring a CDPD WAN Connection SPT 1733 Only 44444 uses cuve hh na 2 8 Sedo VAM ac a a an aco wich de vr terrine RESI RI PRSE ERE EE 2 8 Maintenance Screens and Menus 2 13 Medin Menu OPINIONS 245 66 eb Fed RET RR IIA AAA RAO ep eee ce EHS 2 15 Menm TUM PI naso cete bdo gre dee dua ead e qui qp dc RR quiu pap bs au itc RS 2 15 Advanced ME ius Les ERE AA RO NO RR REY x eR 2 16 Ll M ee ee ee ee ee er ee ee 2 24 Configuring a GSM WAN Connection SPT 1734 Only 2 25 2 1 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 2 Network Setup Introduction Wireless networks allow SPT 1700 series terminals to communicate wirelessly and to send captured data real time to a host device Terminals and their supported network types are Terminal Network Technology SPT 174x Spectrum24 LAN SPT 1733 CDPD WAN SPT 1734 GSM WAN Before a terminal can be used on a Spectrum24 LAN your facility must be set up with the equipment required to run the network and the terminal must be properly configured Before a terminal can be
296. to any computer on your LAN or WAN provided that the computer connected to the cradle also has HotSync installed your computer is on and the HotSync Manager is running Setting Up for a Wireless HotSync The SPT 1733 1734 and 174x terminals allow you to perform a HotSync without using a cradle over a terminal specific wireless LAN 174x or WAN 173x This section describes the setup necessary for a wireless HotSync to occur Before a wireless HotSync can be performed each terminal must be properly configured for use Refer to Chapter 2 Network Setup for specific instructions for each terminal Once the terminal is properly configured for use it must be set up to perform a wireless HotSync over the LAN or WAN To properly configure your terminal 1 Tap the icon to open the Applications Launcher 2 Tapthe icon to open the HotSync application 3 Tapthe icon to display the HotSync Options menu and select Modem Sync Prefs Select Network and tap OK 4 Tap LANSync Prefs from the Options menu and select Local HotSync 5 Tap Primary PC Setup on the Options menu Note 7he Primary PC Setup is extremely important It tells the terminal how to locate the machine which it will synchronize with on the network 9 18 Applications HotSync amp The Primary PC Setup screen displays Frimary PC Setup Li Primary PC Name The information required for this screen is located by selecting the TCP IP button
297. to display the Address View screen for that entry 2 Tapthe Edit button to display the Address Edit screen 3 Tapthe Details button to open the Address Entry Details screen Address Entry Details Show in List w Work Category Unfiled Private 5 9 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 4 Select any of the following settings Show in List Choose which type of phone or other information displays on the Address List screen for the current entry Your options are Work Home Fax Other and E mail Category Assign the entry to a particular category Your options are Business Personal QuickList Unfiled and Edit Categories Private Hide this entry when the security features are turned on Beaming Address Entries to Other SPT 1700 Terminals The IR port on your SPT 1700 terminal enables you to beam the following Address Book entries to other SPT 1700 terminals Business card A specially designated entry containing information you want to exchange with business contacts You can send your business card quickly with one touch beaming Current address entry The entry currently selected on your SPT 1700 terminal For example you may want to beam the name of a business contact to a coworker who also uses an SPT 1700 terminal Category of address entries All entries assigned to the selected category For example you might want to share your list of restaurants with a friend Note For more on the
298. to open the Password screen ETT o Current Privacy w Show Records Password Tap here o Please enter your password OK Lost Password Cancel Lock amp Turn Off 2 Enter the current password 3 Tapthe OK button to open a screen that prompts you for a new password Password Enter new password or tap the Delete button to remove your current password 4 To change the password enter the new password and tap the OK button To delete the password tap the Delete button 15 7 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Z Recovering from a Lost Password If the Off amp Lock option is not active and you forget or lose your password you can delete the password from your SPT 1700 terminal Deleting a lost password also deletes all entries and files marked as Private Important If you synchronize with your computer before deleting a lost password your SPT 1700 terminal restores your private entries the next time you perform a HotSync operation but it does not restore the password To delete a lost password 1 Tapthe Lost Password button in the Security screen to open the Delete Password dialog 2 Tapthe Yes button to delete the password as well as all records and entries marked Private Chapter 16 Applications To Do List Chapter Contents PCMCIA Jos skied ee Ra Dek aras a Mod ed 16 3 Cipsning Ihe TDO LIS auae d rn ara hides dolo eR RC Fc od dor eine
299. top to open Microsoft Excel and the Expense Report configuration screen 8 12 Applications Expense Note f you start Expense from the Start menu instead of Symbol Palm Terminal Desktop first choose your SPT 1700 terminal user name Expense Report x Categories C All Selected Categories Print Click to select Categories Dates All Dates End Date 3 Click the expense category that you want to use Tip You can press Shift click to select multiple categories If you want to view the expenses associated with all of your Expense categories click the All button in the Categories area 4 f you want to define an end date for the expense report enter the date in the End Date area Note f you do not specify an end date all expense entries for the selected categories will display up to the date of the last HotSync operation 8 13 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 5 Click the Create button to display a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet containing your Expense data GB SAMPLE16 of x Travel Expense Reimbursement Employee Name Client Date Submitted 1 31 98 Project Mis Km Rate 0 29 Currency Exchange US Dollar Expense Date Country Amount Rate Amount Type 12 4 9 98 United States 38 15 1 00 39 15 Mileage At this point your Expense data displays in Microsoft Ex
300. topics need to be added to the index if applicable What topics do you feel need to be better discussed Please be specific What can we do to further improve our manuals
301. try should be the same as the address for the server used by your organization Enter a port number in the Port field The Use HTTP authentication checkbox is enabled HTTP authentication enables user name and password verification When this checkbox is active the Password field is enabled Enter a password To enable a connection when using a SOCKS server enter its address and port Enter the address for the server that provides secure SSL connections Enter settings for exceptions to those set in the previous section 11 17 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 Using the Mobile Link Application on Your SPT 173x Terminal A component of Mobile Link software is installed on your SPT 173x terminal when you install AvantGo This software allows you to synchronize the SPT 173x terminal with a remote server either by going through a sync operation or by connecting directly to the server through a modem attached to the terminal You must not delete Mobile Link or its related files from your terminal As with its desktop software Mobile Link can usually complete its job with no user intervention However you may need to perform some maintenance tasks To access the available servers 1 Tapthe icon on the SPT 173x terminal to open the Applications Launcher 2 Tapthe amp icon to open Mobile Link Note You can also access Mobile Link via the Server Preferences setting on the AvantGo Options menu 3 Tap
302. ttings for the full screen pen stroke Backlight Activates the backlight feature of the SPT 1700 terminal You can use this setting instead of the power button to turn the backlight on and off Keyboard Activates the on screen keyboard for entering text characters 14 5 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 Graffiti Help Activates a series of screens that show the complete Graffiti pen stroke character set Turn Off amp Lock Turns off and locks the SPT 1700 terminal You must assign a password to lock the SPT 1700 terminal When locked you need to enter the password to unlock and use your SPT 1700 terminal Beam Data Beams the current entry to another terminal 3 Tapthe OK button to complete your selection and return to the Buttons Preferences Screen HotSync Buttons Preferences The Buttons Preferences screen also enables you to associate different applications with the HotSync button on the CRD1700 1000S Any changes that you make in the HotSync Buttons screen are effective immediately you do not have to change to a different screen or application To change the HotSync Buttons preferences 1 Tapthe HotSync button in the Buttons Preferences screen to open the HotSync Buttons screen 2 Tapthe pick list next to the button you want to assign to display a list of all the applications installed on your SPT 1700 terminal HotSync Buttons Customize the HotSync Button on the cradle or optional handheld mo
303. ttons or icons does not activate the corresponding feature The digitizer may need to be recalibrated Recalibrate the digitizer Choose Digitizer from the Preferences application pick list and follow the directions on the screen When tap the icon nothing happens Not all applications or screens have menus Try changing to a different application A message displays stating that your SPT 1700 terminal memory is full You may have too many unused records Delete unused memos and records If necessary you can save these records on your computer using the Save Backup Copy option that displays in the Delete Screens Beamed data does not transmit The terminals may be too far apart Confirm that the SPT 1700 terminals are 1 ft apart or less and that the path between the two devices is clear of obstacles When receiving beamed data an out of memory message displays Your SPT 1700 terminal requires at least twice the amount of memory available as the data you are receiving For example if you are receiving a 30K application you must have at least 60K free Verify the amount of free memory available 20 11 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Problem Cause s Solution Applications Tapping the Today button doesn t display the current date Your SPT 1700 terminal is not set to the current date Make sure the Set Date box in
304. unication that occurs between your modem and your dial in server during the login procedure The information in the Network Log can help your ISP or your System Administrator pinpoint where the login procedure communication fails and why To view the Network Log 1 From the Network Preferences screen tap View Log from the Options menu to display the Network Log screen 2 Tapthe up and down arrows of the scroll bar to see the entire Network Log 3 After you finish tap the Done button to return to the Network Preferences screen Owner Preferences The Owner Preferences screen enables you to record a name company name phone number or any other information that you want associated with your SPT 1700 terminal If you use the Security application to turn off and lock your SPT 1700 terminal with a password information that you put in the Owner Preferences displays the next time you turn on your SPT 1700 terminal Refer to Chapter 15 Applications Security for more information 14 28 Applications Preferences To personalize your SPT1700 terminal 1 Tap the Applications icon followed by the Prefs icon 2 Select Owner from the Preferences pick list Enter the text that you want to associate with your SPT 1700 terminal in the Owner Preferences screen If you enter more text than will fit on one screen a scroll bar automatically displays on the right side of the screen If you assign a Password with the Security
305. ur terminal can synchronize with any server that understands the Mobile Link protocol To sync through your desktop computer all you have to do is perform the HotSync operation as you normally would Mobile Link takes care of accessing the remote server and passing data back and forth between the server and the SPT 173x Note Hefer to www avantgo com for additional documentation about configuring and using Mobile Link desktop software To access Mobile Link point to Programs AvantGo and click Mobile Link 11 12 Applications AvantGo Client and Mobile Link Servers Tab Before configuring any element of Mobile Link make certain you have chosen the profile associated with your SPT 173x terminal Profiles are created when you first sync a device on a desktop Refer to Using User Profiles on page 9 6 for details The Servers tab is used to add remove or modify the server settings for each device installed on your computer Mobile Link 2 x Servers Connection Add remove or modify Mobile Link server settings for each handheld device profile installed on your computer Device profiles installed on this computer select one Server settings for the currently selected device AvantGo com sync avantgo com 80 pie Add Properties Help Remove Content Ver 3 3 403 Cr Add Opens a blank version of the Edit Server Profile panel Remove Removes the selected server from the Server
306. us events such as a three day conference Display a chart of your appointments for an entire week The Week View feature makes it easy to spot any potential scheduling overlaps or conflicts They can also be displayed by Day Month or Agenda Display a monthly calendar to quickly spot days where you have morning lunch or afternoon appointments Set an alarm to sound prior to the scheduled activity Create reminders for events that are based on a particular date rather than time of day Birthdays and anniversaries are easy to track with your SPT 1700 terminal Attach notes to individual events for a description or clarification of the entry in your Date Book Opening the Date Book To open the Date Book press the Date Book button on the front panel of the SPT 1700 terminal Date Book button Tip Press the Date Book button repeatedly to cycle through the Day Week Month and Agenda Views 7 3 A SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 Using the Date Book Each entry in the Date Book is called an event any kind of activity that you associate with a day When the Date Book screen first displays it shows the current date and a list of times for a normal business day You can enter a new event on any of the available time lines Scheduling an Event When you create an event its description displays on the time line and its duration is automatically set to one hour These are referred to as timed events You can easily
307. used on a CDPD GSM WAN you must activiate your device on the network Refer to the following sections for specific configuration information for each terminal type Configuring a Spectrum24 Connection SPT 174x Only Configuring a CDPD WAN Connection SPT 1733 Only and Configuring a GSM WAN Connection SPT 1734 Only Configuring a Spectrum24 Connection SPT 174x Only To configure your SPT 174x terminal for use on a Spectrum24 network 1 Onthe Main Application screen tap the icon 2 Tapthe preference options pick list and select Network The Network Preference screen displays Preferences w Network Service Spectrum s 2 3 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide Note Hefer to Network Preferences Menu Commands on page 14 27 for details about using the Network Preferences menu options 3 Tapthe Service pick list and select Spectrum24 then tap Details The Spectrum24 Preferences screen displays Spectrum24 Preferences ESSI ESB IF Address Use Settings DMS Wf Enabled Enter the following information 4 Extended Service Set ID ESS ID The ESS ID identifies the radio network and differentiates between different radio networks All terminals on the same network as well as the access points in your facility must have the same ESS ID Ask your System Administrator for the correct ESS ID number of your network 5 Internet Protocol address IP Each S
308. vider from the list w Wireless Provider Choose Other if you do not know your provider Check www novatelwireless com for more information on Metwork Providers 2 Select a Wireless Provider from the pick list Network Provider Please select a Network Provider Ch yo GTE 800 483 8377 wyl Vanguard 800 661 0611 2 9 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide 2 3 Tap Other if you need to enter a Service Provider Interface number representing a different carrier The following screen displays Other Entry Please enter the SPI af the Network Provider you want to use or accept D if you don t know the SPI SPL UE eem Done Cancel 4 Enter the SPI number and tap Done 5 The Network Provider screen reappears Tap Next to continue Note The Setup Wizard will not proceed until a CDPD carrier selection has been made 6 The Configure Palm Device screen displays Configure Palm Device z If you wish for the Network Preferences to be set to defaults or if you are unsure of your current Network Preferences settings press the button below Configure Preferences 7 Tap the Configure Preferences button to configure the terminal with the network library settings that Symbol recommends A Palm Configuration Complete message will display below the Configure Preferences button when the process is finished Note f you are confident that the Network Preferences are co
309. you make in the Buttons Preferences screen become effective immediately you do not have to switch to a different screen or application If you assign a different application to a button you can still access the original application using the Applications Launcher Refer to Applications on page 3 3 14 3 SPT 1700 Series Product Reference Guide To change the Buttons Preferences 1 Onthe General Preferences screen choose Buttons from the pick list This displays a list of all the applications installed on your SPT 1700 terminal Preferences w Buttons Select an application to customize each button Tap arrow to show pick list 2 Tapthe pick list next to the application you want to re assign a button 3 Select the new button Note To restore all of the buttons to their factory settings tap the Default button 14 4 Applications Preferences Pen Preferences The Buttons Preferences screen enables you to change the Button assignment of the full screen pen stroke By default the full screen pen stroke activates the Graffiti Help screen w Unfiled Graffiti JIL IMINO ON Drag to top of screen To change the Pen preferences 1 Tap the Pen button in the Buttons Preferences screen to open the Pen screen Select a feature you can access by dragging your pen from the writing area to the top of the screen 2 Tapthe pick list and select one of the following se

Symbol Technologies SPT 1700 Scanner User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents